VFIO updates 2016-02-19
- AER pre-enable and misc fixes (Cao jin and Chen Fan)
- PCI_CAP_LIST_NEXT & PCI_MSIX_FLAGS cleanup (Wei Yang)
- AMD XGBE KVM platform passthrough (Eric Auger)
# gpg: Signature made Fri 19 Feb 2016 17:28:36 GMT using RSA key ID 3BB08B22
# gpg: Good signature from "Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>"
# gpg: aka "Alex Williamson <alex@shazbot.org>"
# gpg: aka "Alex Williamson <alwillia@redhat.com>"
# gpg: aka "Alex Williamson <alex.l.williamson@gmail.com>"
* remotes/awilliam/tags/vfio-update-20160219.1:
vfio/pci: use PCI_MSIX_FLAGS on retrieving the MSIX entries
hw/arm/sysbus-fdt: remove qemu_fdt_setprop returned value check
hw/arm/sysbus-fdt: enable amd-xgbe dynamic instantiation
hw/arm/sysbus-fdt: helpers for clock node generation
device_tree: qemu_fdt_getprop_cell converted to use the error API
device_tree: qemu_fdt_getprop converted to use the error API
device_tree: introduce qemu_fdt_node_path
device_tree: introduce load_device_tree_from_sysfs
hw/vfio/platform: amd-xgbe device
vfio/pci: replace 1 with PCI_CAP_LIST_NEXT to make code self-explain
pcie_aer: expose pcie_aer_msg() interface
aer: impove pcie_aer_init to support vfio device
vfio: make the 4 bytes aligned for capability size
pcie: modify the capability size assert
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
softfloat queue:
* update MAINTAINERS with a section for softfloat
* drop all the uses of int_fast*_t types
# gpg: Signature made Fri 19 Feb 2016 16:34:35 GMT using RSA key ID 14360CDE
# gpg: Good signature from "Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>"
# gpg: aka "Peter Maydell <pmaydell@gmail.com>"
# gpg: aka "Peter Maydell <pmaydell@chiark.greenend.org.uk>"
* remotes/pmaydell/tags/pull-softfloat-20160219:
MAINTAINERS: Add section for FPU emulation
osdep.h: Remove int_fast*_t Solaris compatibility code
fpu: Use plain 'int' rather than 'int_fast16_t' for exponents
fpu: Use plain 'int' rather than 'int_fast16_t' for shift counts
fpu: Remove use of int_fast16_t in conversions to int16
target-mips: Stop using uint_fast*_t types in r4k_tlb_t struct
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Even PCI_CAP_FLAGS has the same value as PCI_MSIX_FLAGS, the later one is
the more proper on retrieving MSIX entries.
This patch uses PCI_MSIX_FLAGS to retrieve the MSIX entries.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yang <richard.weiyang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
This patch allows the instantiation of the vfio-amd-xgbe device
from the QEMU command line (-device vfio-amd-xgbe,host="<device>").
The guest is exposed with a device tree node that combines the description
of both XGBE and PHY (representation supported from 4.2 onwards kernel):
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe.txt.
There are 5 register regions, 6 interrupts including 4 optional
edge-sensitive per-channel interrupts.
Some property values are inherited from host device tree. Host device tree
must feature a combined XGBE/PHY representation (>= 4.2 host kernel).
2 clock nodes (dma and ptp) also are created. It is checked those clocks
are fixed on host side.
AMD XGBE node creation function has a dependency on vfio Linux header and
more generally node creation function for VFIO platform devices only make
sense with CONFIG_LINUX so let's protect this code with #ifdef CONFIG_LINUX.
Signed-off-by: Eric Auger <eric.auger@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
Some passthrough'ed devices depend on clock nodes. Those need to be
generated in the guest device tree. This patch introduces some helpers
to build a clock node from information retrieved in the host device tree.
- copy_properties_from_host copies properties from a host device tree
node to a guest device tree node
- fdt_build_clock_node builds a guest clock node and checks the host
fellow clock is a fixed one.
fdt_build_clock_node will become static as soon as it gets used. A
dummy pre-declaration is needed for compilation of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Auger <eric.auger@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
This patch aligns the prototype with qemu_fdt_getprop. The caller
can choose whether the function self-asserts on error (passing
&error_fatal as Error ** argument, corresponding to the legacy behavior),
or behaves differently such as simply output a message.
In this later case the caller can use the new lenp parameter to interpret
the error if any.
Signed-off-by: Eric Auger <eric.auger@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Crosthwaite <crosthwaite.peter@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
Current qemu_fdt_getprop exits if the property is not found. It is
sometimes needed to read an optional property, in which case we do
not wish to exit but simply returns a null value.
This patch converts qemu_fdt_getprop to accept an Error **, and existing
users are converted to pass &error_fatal. This preserves the existing
behaviour. Then to use the API with your optional semantic a null
parameter can be conveyed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Auger <eric.auger@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Crosthwaite <crosthwaite.peter@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
This function returns the host device tree blob from sysfs
(/proc/device-tree). It uses a recursive function inspired
from dtc read_fstree.
Signed-off-by: Eric Auger <eric.auger@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
This patch introduces the amd-xgbe VFIO platform device. It
allows the guest to do passthrough on a device exposing an
"amd,xgbe-seattle-v1a" compat string.
Signed-off-by: Eric Auger <eric.auger@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
Use the macro PCI_CAP_LIST_NEXT instead of 1, so that the code would be
more self-explain.
This patch makes this change and also fixs one typo in comment.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yang <richard.weiyang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
For vfio device, we need to propagate the aer error to
Guest OS. we use the pcie_aer_msg() to send aer error
to guest.
Signed-off-by: Chen Fan <chen.fan.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
pcie_aer_init was used to emulate an aer capability for pcie device,
but for vfio device, the aer config space size is mutable and is not
always equal to PCI_ERR_SIZEOF(0x48). it depends on where the TLP Prefix
register required, so here we add a size argument.
Signed-off-by: Chen Fan <chen.fan.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
Use the plain 'int' type rather than 'int_fast16_t' for handling
exponents. Exponents don't need to be exactly 16 bits, so using int16_t
for them would confuse more than it clarified.
This should be a safe change because int_fast16_t semantics
permit use of 'int' (and on 32-bit glibc that is what you get).
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Message-id: 1453807806-32698-4-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Use the plain 'int' type rather than 'int_fast16_t' for shift counts
in the various shift related functions, since we don't actually care
about the size of the integer at all here, and using int16_t would
be confusing.
This should be a safe change because int_fast16_t semantics
permit use of 'int' (and on 32-bit glibc that is what you get).
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Message-id: 1453807806-32698-3-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Make the functions which convert floating point to 16 bit integer
return int16_t rather than int_fast16_t, and correspondingly use
int_fast16_t in their internal implementations where appropriate.
(These functions are used only by the ARM target.)
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Message-id: 1453807806-32698-2-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The r4k_tlb_t structure uses the uint_fast*_t types. Most of these
uses are in bitfields and are thus pointless, because the bitfield
itself specifies the width of the type; just use 'unsigned int'
instead. (On glibc uint_fast16_t is defined as either 32 or 64 bits,
so we know the code is not reliant on it being exactly 16 bits.)
There is also one use of uint_fast8_t, which we replace with uint8_t,
because both are exactly 8 bits on glibc and this is the only
place outside the softfloat code which uses an int_fast*_t type.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Error reporting patches for 2016-02-19
# gpg: Signature made Fri 19 Feb 2016 12:47:50 GMT using RSA key ID EB918653
# gpg: Good signature from "Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>"
# gpg: aka "Markus Armbruster <armbru@pond.sub.org>"
* remotes/armbru/tags/pull-error-2016-02-19:
vl: Clean up machine selection in main().
vl: Set error location when parsing memory options
replay: Set error location properly when parsing options
vl: Reset location after handling command-line arguments
vl.c: Fix regression in machine error message
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
QAPI patches for 2016-02-19
# gpg: Signature made Fri 19 Feb 2016 10:10:18 GMT using RSA key ID EB918653
# gpg: Good signature from "Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>"
# gpg: aka "Markus Armbruster <armbru@pond.sub.org>"
* remotes/armbru/tags/pull-qapi-2016-02-19:
qapi: Change visit_start_implicit_struct to visit_start_alternate
qapi: Don't box branches of flat unions
qapi: Don't box struct branch of alternate
qapi-visit: Use common idiom in gen_visit_fields_decl()
qapi: Emit structs used as variants in topological order
qapi: Adjust layout of FooList types
qapi-visit: Less indirection in visit_type_Foo_fields()
qapi-visit: Unify struct and union visit
qapi: Visit variants in visit_type_FOO_fields()
qapi-visit: Simplify how we visit common union members
qapi: Add tests of complex objects within alternate
qapi: Forbid 'any' inside an alternate
qapi: Forbid empty unions and useless alternates
qapi: Simplify excess input reporting in input visitors
qapi-visit: Honor prefix of discriminator enum
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
We set machine_class to the default first, and update it to the real
one later. Any use of machine_class in between is almost certainly
wrong (there are no such uses right now). Set it once and for all
instead.
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Laszlo Ersek <lersek@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcel Apfelbaum <marcel@redhat.com>
After looping through all command-line arguments, error location
info becomes obsolete, and any function calling error_report()
will print misleading information. This breaks error reporting
for some option handling, like:
$ qemu-system-x86_64 -icount rr=x -vnc :0
qemu-system-x86_64: -vnc :0: Invalid icount rr option: x
$ qemu-system-x86_64 -m size= -vnc :0
qemu-system-x86_64: -vnc :0: missing 'size' option value
Fix this by resetting location info as soon as we exit the
command-line handling loop.
With this, replay_configure() and set_memory_options() won't
print any location info yet, but at least they won't print
incorrect information.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455303747-19776-3-git-send-email-ehabkost@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Laszlo Ersek <lersek@redhat.com>
["Do not insert code here" comment added to prevent regressions]
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Commit e1ce0c3cb (vl.c: fix regression when reading machine type
from config file) fixed the error message when the machine type
was supplied inside the config file. However now the option name
is not displayed correctly if the error happens when the machine
is specified at command line.
Running
./x86_64-softmmu/qemu-system-x86_64 -M q35-1.5 -redir tcp:8022::22
will result in the error message:
qemu-system-x86_64: -redir tcp:8022::22: unsupported machine type
Use -machine help to list supported machines
Fixed it by restoring the error location and also extracted the code
dealing with machine options into a separate function.
Reported-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Laszlo Ersek <lersek@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Apfelbaum <marcel@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455303747-19776-2-git-send-email-ehabkost@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
vhost, virtio, pci, pxe
Fixes all over the place.
New tests for pxe.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
# gpg: Signature made Thu 18 Feb 2016 15:46:39 GMT using RSA key ID D28D5469
# gpg: Good signature from "Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@kernel.org>"
# gpg: aka "Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>"
* remotes/mst/tags/for_upstream:
tests/vhost-user-bridge: add scattering of incoming packets
vhost-user interrupt management fixes
rules: filter out irrelevant files
change type of pci_bridge_initfn() to void
dec: convert to realize()
tests: add pxe e1000 and virtio-pci tests
msix: fix msix_vector_masked
virtio: optimize virtio_access_is_big_endian() for little-endian targets
vhost: simplify vhost_needs_vring_endian()
vhost: move virtio 1.0 check to cross-endian helper
virtio: move cross-endian helper to vhost
vhost-net: revert support of cross-endian vnet headers
virtio-net: use the backend cross-endian capabilities
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
After recent changes, the only remaining use of
visit_start_implicit_struct() is for allocating the space needed
when visiting an alternate. Since the term 'implicit struct' is
hard to explain, rename the function to its current usage. While
at it, we can merge the functionality of visit_get_next_type()
into the same function, making it more like visit_start_struct().
Generated code is now slightly smaller:
| {
| Error *err = NULL;
|
|- visit_start_implicit_struct(v, (void**) obj, sizeof(BlockdevRef), &err);
|+ visit_start_alternate(v, name, (GenericAlternate **)obj, sizeof(**obj),
|+ true, &err);
| if (err) {
| goto out;
| }
|- visit_get_next_type(v, name, &(*obj)->type, true, &err);
|- if (err) {
|- goto out_obj;
|- }
| switch ((*obj)->type) {
| case QTYPE_QDICT:
| visit_start_struct(v, name, NULL, 0, &err);
...
| }
|-out_obj:
|- visit_end_implicit_struct(v);
|+ visit_end_alternate(v);
| out:
| error_propagate(errp, err);
| }
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455778109-6278-16-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
There's no reason to do two malloc's for a flat union; let's just
inline the branch struct directly into the C union branch of the
flat union.
Surprisingly, fewer clients were actually using explicit references
to the branch types in comparison to the number of flat unions
thus modified.
This lets us reduce the hack in qapi-types:gen_variants() added in
the previous patch; we no longer need to distinguish between
alternates and flat unions.
The change to unboxed structs means that u.data (added in commit
cee2dedb) is now coincident with random fields of each branch of
the flat union, whereas beforehand it was only coincident with
pointers (since all branches of a flat union have to be objects).
Note that this was already the case for simple unions - but there
we got lucky. Remember, visit_start_union() blindly returns true
for all visitors except for the dealloc visitor, where it returns
the value !!obj->u.data, and that this result then controls
whether to proceed with the visit to the variant. Pre-patch,
this meant that flat unions were testing whether the boxed pointer
was still NULL, and thereby skipping visit_end_implicit_struct()
and avoiding a NULL dereference if the pointer had not been
allocated. The same was true for simple unions where the current
branch had pointer type, except there we bypassed visit_type_FOO().
But for simple unions where the current branch had scalar type, the
contents of that scalar meant that the decision to call
visit_type_FOO() was data-dependent - the reason we got lucky there
is that visit_type_FOO() for all scalar types in the dealloc visitor
is a no-op (only the pointer variants had anything to free), so it
did not matter whether the dealloc visit was skipped. But with this
patch, we would risk leaking memory if we could skip a call to
visit_type_FOO_fields() based solely on a data-dependent decision.
But notice: in the dealloc visitor, visit_type_FOO() already handles
a NULL obj - it was only the visit_type_implicit_FOO() that was
failing to check for NULL. And now that we have refactored things to
have the branch be part of the parent struct, we no longer have a
separate pointer that can be NULL in the first place. So we can just
delete the call to visit_start_union() altogether, and blindly visit
the branch type; there is no change in behavior except to the dealloc
visitor, where we now unconditionally visit the branch, but where that
visit is now always safe (for a flat union, we can no longer
dereference NULL, and for a simple union, visit_type_FOO() was already
safely handling NULL on pointer types).
Unfortunately, simple unions are not as easy to switch to unboxed
layout; because we are special-casing the hidden implicit type with
a single 'data' member, we really DO need to keep calling another
layer of visit_start_struct(), with a second malloc; although there
are some cleanups planned for simple unions in later patches.
visit_start_union() and gen_visit_implicit_struct() are now unused.
Drop them.
Note that after this patch, the only remaining use of
visit_start_implicit_struct() is for alternate types; the next patch
will do further cleanup based on that fact.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455778109-6278-14-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
[Dead code deletion squashed in, commit message updated accordingly]
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
There's no reason to do two malloc's for an alternate type visiting
a QAPI struct; let's just inline the struct directly as the C union
branch of the struct.
Surprisingly, no clients were actually using the struct member prior
to this patch outside of the testsuite; an earlier patch in the series
added some testsuite coverage to make the effect of this patch more
obvious.
In qapi.py, c_type() gains a new is_unboxed flag to control when we
are emitting a C struct unboxed within the context of an outer
struct (different from our other two modes of usage with no flags
for normal local variable declarations, and with is_param for adding
'const' in a parameter list). I don't know if there is any more
pythonic way of collapsing the two flags into a single parameter,
as we never have a caller setting both flags at once.
Ultimately, we want to also unbox branches for QAPI unions, but as
that touches a lot more client code, it is better as separate
patches. But since unions and alternates share gen_variants(), I
had to hack in a way to test if we are visiting an alternate type
for setting the is_unboxed flag: look for a non-object branch.
This works because alternates have at least two branches, with at
most one object branch, while unions have only object branches.
The hack will go away in a later patch.
The generated code difference to qapi-types.h is relatively small:
| struct BlockdevRef {
| QType type;
| union { /* union tag is @type */
| void *data;
|- BlockdevOptions *definition;
|+ BlockdevOptions definition;
| char *reference;
| } u;
| };
The corresponding spot in qapi-visit.c calls visit_type_FOO(), which
first calls visit_start_struct() to allocate or deallocate the member
and handle a layer of {} from the JSON stream, then visits the
members. To peel off the indirection and the memory management that
comes with it, we inline this call, then suppress allocation /
deallocation by passing NULL to visit_start_struct(), and adjust the
member visit:
| switch ((*obj)->type) {
| case QTYPE_QDICT:
|- visit_type_BlockdevOptions(v, name, &(*obj)->u.definition, &err);
|+ visit_start_struct(v, name, NULL, 0, &err);
|+ if (err) {
|+ break;
|+ }
|+ visit_type_BlockdevOptions_fields(v, &(*obj)->u.definition, &err);
|+ error_propagate(errp, err);
|+ err = NULL;
|+ visit_end_struct(v, &err);
| break;
| case QTYPE_QSTRING:
| visit_type_str(v, name, &(*obj)->u.reference, &err);
The visit of non-object fields is unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455778109-6278-13-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
[Commit message tweaked]
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
We have several instances of methods that do an early exit if
output is not needed, then log that output is being generated,
and finally produce the output; see qapi-types.py:gen_object()
and qapi-visit.py:gen_visit_implicit_struct(). The odd man
out was gen_visit_fields_decl(); rearrange it to be more like
the others. No semantic change or difference to generated code.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455778109-6278-12-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Right now, we emit the branches of union types as a boxed pointer,
and it suffices to have a forward declaration of the type. However,
a future patch will swap things to directly use the branch type,
instead of hiding it behind a pointer. For this to work, the
compiler needs the full definition of the type, not just a forward
declaration, prior to the union that is including the branch type.
This patch just adds topological sorting to hoist all types
mentioned in a branch of a union to be fully declared before the
union itself. The sort is always possible, because we do not
allow circular union types that include themselves as a direct
branch (it is, however, still possible to include a branch type
that itself has a pointer to the union, for a type that can
indirectly recursively nest itself - that remains safe, because
that the member of the branch type will remain a pointer, and the
QMP representation of such a type adds another {} for each recurring
layer of the union type).
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455778109-6278-11-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
By sticking the next pointer first, we don't need a union with
64-bit padding for smaller types. On 32-bit platforms, this
can reduce the size of uint8List from 16 bytes (or 12, depending
on whether 64-bit ints can tolerate 4-byte alignment) down to 8.
It has no effect on 64-bit platforms (where alignment still
dictates a 16-byte struct); but fewer anonymous unions is still
a win in my book.
It requires visit_next_list() to gain a size parameter, to know
what size element to allocate; comparable to the size parameter
of visit_start_struct().
I debated about going one step further, to allow for fewer casts,
by doing:
typedef GenericList GenericList;
struct GenericList {
GenericList *next;
};
struct FooList {
GenericList base;
Foo *value;
};
so that you convert to 'GenericList *' by '&foolist->base', and
back by 'container_of(generic, GenericList, base)' (as opposed to
the existing '(GenericList *)foolist' and '(FooList *)generic').
But doing that would require hoisting the declaration of
GenericList prior to inclusion of qapi-types.h, rather than its
current spot in visitor.h; it also makes iteration a bit more
verbose through 'foolist->base.next' instead of 'foolist->next'.
Note that for lists of objects, the 'value' payload is still
hidden behind a boxed pointer. Someday, it would be nice to do:
struct FooList {
FooList *next;
Foo value;
};
for one less level of malloc for each list element. This patch
is a step in that direction (now that 'next' is no longer at a
fixed non-zero offset within the struct, we can store more than
just a pointer's-worth of data as the value payload), but the
actual conversion would be a task for another series, as it will
touch a lot of code.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455778109-6278-10-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
We were passing 'Foo **obj' to the internal helper function, but
all uses within the helper were via reads of '*obj'. Refactor
things to pass one less level of indirection, by having the
callers dereference before calling.
For an example of the generated code change:
|-static void visit_type_BalloonInfo_fields(Visitor *v, BalloonInfo **obj, Error **errp)
|+static void visit_type_BalloonInfo_fields(Visitor *v, BalloonInfo *obj, Error **errp)
| {
| Error *err = NULL;
|
|- visit_type_int(v, "actual", &(*obj)->actual, &err);
|+ visit_type_int(v, "actual", &obj->actual, &err);
| error_propagate(errp, err);
| }
|
|@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ void visit_type_BalloonInfo(Visitor *v,
| if (!*obj) {
| goto out_obj;
| }
|- visit_type_BalloonInfo_fields(v, obj, &err);
|+ visit_type_BalloonInfo_fields(v, *obj, &err);
| out_obj:
The refactoring will also make it easier to reuse the helpers in
a future patch when implicit structs are stored directly in the
parent struct rather than boxed through a pointer.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455778109-6278-9-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
We initially created the static visit_type_FOO_fields() helper
function for reuse of code - we have cases where the initial
setup for a visit has different allocation (depending on whether
the fields represent a stand-alone type or are embedded as part
of a larger type), but where the actual field visits are
identical once a pointer is available.
Up until the previous patch, visit_type_FOO_fields() was only
used for structs (no variants), so it was covering every field
for each type where it was emitted.
Meanwhile, the code for visiting unions looks like:
static visit_type_U_fields() {
visit base;
visit local_members;
}
visit_type_U() {
visit_start_struct();
visit_type_U_fields();
visit variants;
visit_end_struct();
}
which splits the fields of the union visit across two functions.
Move the code to visit variants to live inside visit_type_U_fields(),
while making it conditional on having variants so that all other
instances of the helper function remain unchanged. This is also
a step closer towards unifying struct and union visits, and towards
allowing one union type to be the branch of another flat union.
The resulting diff to the generated code is a bit hard to read,
but it can be verified that it touches only union types, and that
the end result is the following general structure:
static visit_type_U_fields() {
visit base;
visit local_members;
visit variants;
}
visit_type_U() {
visit_start_struct();
visit_type_U_fields();
visit_end_struct();
}
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455778109-6278-7-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
[gen_visit_struct_fields() parameter variants made mandatory]
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
For a simple union SU, gen_visit_union() generates a visit of its
single tag member, like this:
visit_type_SUKind(v, "type", &(*obj)->type, &err);
For a flat union FU with base B, it generates a visit of its base
fields:
visit_type_B_fields(v, (B **)obj, &err);
Instead, we can simply visit the common members using the same fields
visit function we use for structs, generated with
gen_visit_struct_fields(). This function visits the base if any, then
the local members.
For a simple union SU, visit_type_SU_fields() contains exactly the old
tag member visit, because there is no base, and the tag member is the
only member. For instance, the code generated for qapi-schema.json's
KeyValue changes like this:
+static void visit_type_KeyValue_fields(Visitor *v, KeyValue **obj, Error **errp)
+{
+ Error *err = NULL;
+
+ visit_type_KeyValueKind(v, "type", &(*obj)->type, &err);
+ if (err) {
+ goto out;
+ }
+
+out:
+ error_propagate(errp, err);
+}
+
void visit_type_KeyValue(Visitor *v, const char *name, KeyValue **obj, Error **errp)
{
Error *err = NULL;
@@ -4863,7 +4911,7 @@ void visit_type_KeyValue(Visitor *v, con
if (!*obj) {
goto out_obj;
}
- visit_type_KeyValueKind(v, "type", &(*obj)->type, &err);
+ visit_type_KeyValue_fields(v, obj, &err);
if (err) {
goto out_obj;
}
For a flat union FU, visit_type_FU_fields() contains exactly the old
base fields visit, because there is a base, but no members. For
instance, the code generated for qapi-schema.json's CpuInfo changes
like this:
static void visit_type_CpuInfoBase_fields(Visitor *v, CpuInfoBase **obj, Error **errp);
+static void visit_type_CpuInfo_fields(Visitor *v, CpuInfo **obj, Error **errp)
+{
+ Error *err = NULL;
+
+ visit_type_CpuInfoBase_fields(v, (CpuInfoBase **)obj, &err);
+ if (err) {
+ goto out;
+ }
+
+out:
+ error_propagate(errp, err);
+}
+
static void visit_type_CpuInfoX86_fields(Visitor *v, CpuInfoX86 **obj, Error **errp)
...
@@ -3485,7 +3509,7 @@ void visit_type_CpuInfo(Visitor *v, cons
if (!*obj) {
goto out_obj;
}
- visit_type_CpuInfoBase_fields(v, (CpuInfoBase **)obj, &err);
+ visit_type_CpuInfo_fields(v, obj, &err);
if (err) {
goto out_obj;
}
As you see, the generated code grows a bit, but in practice, it's lost
in the noise: qapi-schema.json's qapi-visit.c gains roughly 1%.
This simplification became possible with commit 441cbac "qapi-visit:
Convert to QAPISchemaVisitor, fixing bugs". It's a step towards
unifying gen_struct() and gen_union().
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1453902888-20457-2-git-send-email-armbru@redhat.com>
[improve commit message examples]
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455778109-6278-6-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
[Commit message tweaked]
Upcoming patches will adjust how we visit an object branch of an
alternate; but we were completely lacking testsuite coverage.
Rectify this, so that the future patches will be able to highlight
the changes and still prove that we avoided regressions.
In particular, the use of a flat union UserDefFlatUnion rather
than a simple struct UserDefA as the branch will give us coverage
of an object with variants. And visiting an alternate as both
the top level and as a nested member gives confidence in correct
memory allocation handling, especially if the test is run under
valgrind.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455778109-6278-5-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
The whole point of an alternate is to allow some type-safety while
still accepting more than one JSON type. Meanwhile, the 'any'
type exists to bypass type-safety altogether. The two are
incompatible: you can't accept every type, and still tell which
branch of the alternate to use for the parse; fix this to give a
sane error instead of a Python stack trace.
Note that other types that can't be alternate members are caught
earlier, by check_type().
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455778109-6278-4-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
[Commit message tweaked]
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Empty unions serve no purpose, and while we compile with gcc
which permits them, strict C99 forbids them. We happen to inject
a dummy 'void *data' member into the C unions that represent QAPI
unions and alternates, but we want to get rid of that member (it
pollutes the namespace for no good reason), which would leave us
with an empty union if the user didn't provide any branches. While
empty structs make sense in QAPI, empty unions don't add any
expressiveness to the QMP language. So prohibit them at parse
time. Update the documentation and testsuite to match.
Note that the documentation already mentioned that alternates
should have "two or more JSON data types"; so this also fixes
the code to enforce that. However, we have existing uses of a
union type with only one branch, so the 2-or-more strictness
is intentionally limited to alternates.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455778109-6278-3-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
When reporting that an unvisited member remains at the end of an
input visit for a struct, we were using g_hash_table_find()
coupled with a callback function that always returns true, to
locate an arbitrary member of the hash table. But if all we
need is an arbitrary entry, we can get that from a single-use
iterator, without needing a tautological callback function.
Technically, our cast of &(GQueue *) to (void **) is not strict
C (while void * must be able to hold all other pointers, nothing
says a void ** has to be the same width or representation as a
GQueue **). The kosher way to write it would be the verbose:
void *tmp;
GQueue *any;
if (g_hash_table_iter_next(&iter, NULL, &tmp)) {
any = tmp;
But our code base (not to mention glib itself) already has other
cases of assuming that ALL pointers have the same width and
representation, where a compiler would have to go out of its way
to mis-compile our borderline behavior.
Suggested-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455778109-6278-2-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
When we added support for a user-specified prefix for an enum
type (commit 351d36e), we forgot to teach the qapi-visit code
to honor that prefix in the case of using a prefixed enum as
the discriminator for a flat union. While there is still some
on-list debate on whether we want to keep prefixes, we should
at least make it work as long as it is still part of the code
base.
Reported-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455665965-27638-1-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
This patch adds to the vubr test the scattering of incoming
packets to the chain of RX buffer. Also, this patch corrects the
size of the header preceding the packet in RX buffers.
Note that this patch doesn't add the support for mergeable
buffers.
Signed-off-by: Victor Kaplansky <victork@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
target-arm queue:
* implement or fix various EL3 trap behaviour for system registers
* clean up the trap/undef handling of the SRS instruction
* add some missing AArch64 performance monitor system registers
* implement reset for the PL061 GPIO device
* QOMify sd.c and the pxa2xx_mmci device
* SD card emulation fixes for booting Tianocore UEFI on RPi2
* QOMify various ARM timer devices
# gpg: Signature made Thu 18 Feb 2016 15:19:31 GMT using RSA key ID 14360CDE
# gpg: Good signature from "Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>"
# gpg: aka "Peter Maydell <pmaydell@gmail.com>"
# gpg: aka "Peter Maydell <pmaydell@chiark.greenend.org.uk>"
* remotes/pmaydell/tags/pull-target-arm-20160218-1: (36 commits)
hw/timer: QOM'ify pxa2xx_timer
hw/timer: QOM'ify pl031
hw/timer: QOM'ify exynos4210_rtc
hw/timer: QOM'ify exynos4210_pwm
hw/timer: QOM'ify exynos4210_mct
hw/timer: QOM'ify arm_timer (pass 2)
hw/timer: QOM'ify arm_timer (pass 1)
hw/sd: use guest error logging rather than fprintf to stderr
hw/sd: model a power-up delay, as a workaround for an EDK2 bug
hw/sd: implement CMD23 (SET_BLOCK_COUNT) for MMC compatibility
hw/sd/pxa2xx_mmci: Add reset function
hw/sd/pxa2xx_mmci: Convert to VMStateDescription
hw/sd/pxa2xx_mmci: Update to use new SDBus APIs
hw/sd/pxa2xx_mmci: convert to SysBusDevice object
sdhci_sysbus: Create SD card device in users, not the device itself
hw/sd/sdhci.c: Update to use SDBus APIs
hw/sd: Add QOM bus which SD cards plug in to
hw/sd/sd.c: Convert sd_reset() function into Device reset method
hw/sd/sd.c: QOMify
hw/sd/sdhci.c: Remove x-drive property
...
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
* split the old SysBus init function into an instance_init
and a Device realize function
* use DeviceClass::realize instead of SysBusDeviceClass::init
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: xiaoqiang zhao <zxq_yx_007@163.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
* assign icp_pit_init to icp_pit_info.instance_init
* split the old SysBus init function into an instance_init
and a Device realize function
* use DeviceClass::realize instead of SysBusDeviceClass::init
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: xiaoqiang zhao <zxq_yx_007@163.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
The SD spec for ACMD41 says that a zero argument is an "inquiry"
ACMD41, which does not start initialisation and is used only for
retrieving the OCR. However, Tianocore EDK2 (UEFI) has a bug [1]: it
first sends an inquiry (zero) ACMD41. If that first request returns an
OCR value with the power up bit (0x80000000) set, it assumes the card
is ready and continues, leaving the card in the wrong state. (My
assumption is that this works on hardware, because no real card is
immediately powered up upon reset.)
This change models a delay of 0.5ms from the first ACMD41 to the power
being up. However, it also immediately sets the power on upon seeing a
non-zero (non-enquiry) ACMD41. This speeds up UEFI boot, it should
also account for guests that simply delay after card reset and then
issue an ACMD41 that they expect will succeed.
[1] https://github.com/tianocore/edk2/blob/master/EmbeddedPkg/Universal/MmcDxe/MmcIdentification.c#L279
(This is the loop starting with "We need to wait for the MMC or SD
card is ready")
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Baumann <Andrew.Baumann@microsoft.com>
Message-id: 1454902521-21164-3-git-send-email-Andrew.Baumann@microsoft.com
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Move the creation of the SD card device from the sdhci_sysbus
device itself into the boards that create these devices.
This allows us to remove the cannot_instantiate_with_device_add
notation because we no longer call drive_get_next in the device
model.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@xilinx.com>
Message-id: 1455646193-13238-7-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Add a QOM bus for SD cards to plug in to.
Note that since sd_enable() is used only by one board and there
only as part of a broken implementation, we do not provide it in
the SDBus API (but instead add a warning comment about the old
function). Whoever converts OMAP and the nseries boards to QOM
will need to either implement the card switch properly or move
the enable hack into the OMAP MMC controller model.
In the SDBus API, the old-style use of sd_set_cb to register some
qemu_irqs for notification of card insertion and write-protect
toggling is replaced with methods in the SDBusClass which the
card calls on status changes and methods in the SDClass which
the controller can call to find out the current status. The
query methods will allow us to remove the abuse of the 'register
irqs' API by controllers in their reset methods to trigger
the card to tell them about the current status again.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@xilinx.com>
Message-id: 1455646193-13238-5-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The following commits will remove support for the old sdhci-pci
command line syntax using the x-drive property:
-device sdhci-pci,x-drive=mydrive -drive id=mydrive,[...]
and replace it with an explicit sd device:
-device sdhci-pci -drive id=mydrive,[...] -device sd,drive=mydrive
(This is OK because x-drive is experimental.)
This commit removes the x-drive property so that old style
command lines will fail with a reasonable error message:
-device sdhci-pci,x-drive=mydrive: Property '.x-drive' not found
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Crosthwaite <crosthwaite.peter@gmail.com>
Message-id: 1455646193-13238-2-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Current QEMU doesn't clear PL061 state after reset. This causes a
weird issue with guest reboot via GPIO. Here is the device state
with two reboot requests:
(PL061State fields) data old_in_data istate
VM boot 0 0 0
After 1st ACPI reboot request 8 8 8
After VM PL061 driver ACK 8 8 0
After VM reboot 8 8 0
------------------------------------------------------------
2nd ACPI reboot request 8
In the second reboot request above, because the old_in_data field is 8,
QEMU decides that there is a pending edge IRQ already (see
pl061_update()) in input; so it doesn't raise up IRQ again. As a result
the second reboot request is lost. The correct way is to clear PL061
device state after reset.
The default reset state is found from the documents listed below. Per
Peter's suggestion that QEMU automatically calls reset function after
device initialization, this patch removes calling pl061_reset() from
pl061_initfn().
Reference:
[1] PL061 Technical Reference Manual
[2] Stellaris LM3S8962 Microcontroller Data Sheet
[3] Stellaris LM3S5P31 Microcontroller Data Sheet
Signed-off-by: Wei Huang <wei@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1455729552-28026-2-git-send-email-wei@redhat.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Make get_r13_banked() raise an exception at runtime for the
corner case of SRS from System mode, so that we can UNDEF it;
this brings us in to line with the ARM ARM's set of permitted
CONSTRAINED UNPREDICTABLE choices.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Sergey Fedorov <serge.fdrv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
The user-mode versions of get/set_r13_banked() exist just to assert
if they're ever called -- the translate time code should never
emit calls to them because SRS from user mode always UNDEF.
There's no code in the softmmu versions that can't compile in
CONFIG_USER_ONLY, and the assertion is not particularly useful,
so combine the two functions rather than having completely split
versions under ifdefs.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Sergey Fedorov <serge.fdrv@gmail.com>
Move bank_number()'s implementation into internals.h, so
it's available in the user-mode-only compile as well.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Sergey Fedorov <serge.fdrv@gmail.com>
Move get/set_r13_banked() from helper.c to op_helper.c. This will
let us add exception-raising code to them, and also puts them
in the same file as get/set_user_reg(), which makes some conceptual
sense.
(The original reason for the helper.c/op_helper.c split was that
only op_helper.c had access to the CPU env pointer; this distinction
has not been true for a long time, though, and so the split is
now rather arbitrary.)
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Sergey Fedorov <serge.fdrv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
The SRS instruction is:
* UNDEFINED in Hyp mode
* UNPREDICTABLE in User or System mode
* UNPREDICTABLE if the specified mode isn't accessible
* trapped to EL3 if EL3 is AArch64 and we are at Secure EL1
Clean up the code to handle all these cases cleanly, including
picking UNDEF as our choice of UNPREDICTABLE behaviour rather
blindly trusting the mode field passed in the instruction.
As part of this, move the check for IS_USER into gen_srs()
itself rather than having it done by the caller.
The exception is that we don't UNDEF for calls from System
mode, which need a runtime check. This will be dealt with in
the following commits.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Sergey Fedorov <serge.fdrv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
If access to FPEXC32_EL2 is trapped by CPTR_EL2.TFP or CPTR_EL3.TFP,
this should be reported with a syndrome register indicating an
FP access trap, not one indicating a system register access trap.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Sergey Fedorov <serge.fdrv@gmail.com>
Implement the debug register traps controlled by MDCR_EL2.TDA
and MDCR_EL3.TDA.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Sergey Fedorov <serge.fdrv@gmail.com>
Implement trapping of the "debug ROM" registers, which are controlled
by MDCR_EL2.TDRA for EL2 but by the more general MDCR_EL3.TDA for EL3.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Sergey Fedorov <serge.fdrv@gmail.com>
Implement the traps to EL2 and EL3 controlled by the bits
MDCR_EL2.TDOSA MDCR_EL3.TDOSA. These can configurably trap
accesses to the "powerdown debug" registers.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Sergey Fedorov <serge.fdrv@gmail.com>
We weren't quite implementing the handling of SCR.SMD correctly.
The condition governing whether the SMD bit should apply only
for NS state is "is EL3 is AArch32", not "is the current EL AArch32".
Fix the condition, and clarify the comment both to reflect this and
to expand slightly on what's going on for the v7-no-Virtualization case.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Sergey Fedorov <serge.fdrv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Correct some corner cases we were getting wrong for
CNTFRQ access rights:
* should UNDEF from 32-bit Secure EL1
* only writable from the highest implemented exception level,
which might not be EL1 now
To clarify the code, provide a new utility function
arm_highest_el() which returns the highest implemented
exception level.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Sergey Fedorov <serge.fdrv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Since guest_mask_notifier can not be used in vhost-user mode due
to buffering implied by unix control socket, force
use_mask_notifier on virtio devices of vhost-user interfaces, and
send correct callfd to the guest at vhost start.
Using guest_notifier_mask function in vhost-user case may
break interrupt mask paradigm, because mask/unmask is not
really done when returning from guest_notifier_mask call, instead
message is posted in a unix socket, and processed later.
Add an option boolean flag 'use_mask_notifier' to disable the use
of guest_notifier_mask in virtio pci.
Signed-off-by: Didier Pallard <didier.pallard@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Victor Kaplansky <victork@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
ppc patch queue for 2016-02-18
Currently accumulated patches for target-ppc, pseries machine type and
related devices.
* Some cleanups to management of SDR1 and the hashed page table
* Implementations of a number of simple PAPR hypercalls
* Significant improvements to the Macintosh CUDA device
* Several bugfixes
# gpg: Signature made Thu 18 Feb 2016 04:16:51 GMT using RSA key ID 20D9B392
# gpg: Good signature from "David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>"
# gpg: aka "David Gibson (Red Hat) <dgibson@redhat.com>"
# gpg: aka "David Gibson (ozlabs.org) <dgibson@ozlabs.org>"
# gpg: WARNING: This key is not certified with sufficiently trusted signatures!
# gpg: It is not certain that the signature belongs to the owner.
# Primary key fingerprint: 75F4 6586 AE61 A66C C44E 87DC 6C38 CACA 20D9 B392
* remotes/dgibson/tags/ppc-for-2.6-20160218: (26 commits)
hw/ppc/spapr: Halt CPU when powering off via RTAS call
pseries: Include missing pseries-2.5 compat properties in pseries-2.4
cuda: remove CUDA_GET_SET_IIC/CUDA_COMBINED_FORMAT_IIC commands
cuda: remove GET_6805_ADDR command
cuda: port SET_TIME command to new framework
cuda: port GET_TIME command to new framework
cuda: port SET_POWER_MESSAGES command to new framework
cuda: port FILE_SERVER_FLAG command to new framework
cuda: port RESET_SYSTEM command to new framework
cuda: port POWERDOWN command to new framework
cuda: port SET_DEVICE_LIST command to new framework
cuda: port SET_AUTO_RATE command to new framework
cuda: port AUTOPOLL command to new framework
cuda: move unknown commands reject out of switch
cuda: add a framework to handle commands
hw/ppc/spapr: Implement the h_set_xdabr hypercall
hw/ppc/spapr: Implement h_set_dabr
hw/ppc/spapr: Add h_set_sprg0 hypercall
migration: ensure htab_save_first completes after timeout
target-ppc: Remove hack for ppc_hash64_load_hpte*() with HV KVM
...
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
The LoPAPR specification defines the following for the RTAS
power-off call: "On successful operation, does not return".
However, the implementation in QEMU currently returns and runs
the guest CPU again for some more cycles. This caused some
trouble with the new ppc implementation of the kvm-unit-tests
recently. So let's make sure that the QEMU implementation
follows the spec, thus stop the CPU to make sure that the
RTAS call does not return to the guest anymore.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Jones <drjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
It's often handy to make executables depend on each other, e.g. make a
test depend on a helper. This doesn't work now, as linker
will attempt to use the helper as an object.
To fix, filter only relevant file types before linking an executable.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Commit 4b23699 "pseries: Add pseries-2.6 machine type" added a new
SPAPR_COMPAT_2_5 macro in the usual way. However, it didn't add this
macro to the existing SPAPR_COMPAT_2_4 macro so that pseries-2.4
inherits newer compatibility properties which are needed for 2.5 and
earlier.
This corrects the oversight.
Reported-by: Laszlo Ersek <lersek@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Laszlo Ersek <lersek@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
Also implement the command, by removing the hardcoded period of 20 ms/50 Hz
and replacing it by the one requested by user.
Update VMState version to store this new parameter.
Signed-off-by: Hervé Poussineau <hpoussin@reactos.org>
Reviewed-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
The H_SET_XDABR hypercall is similar to H_SET_DABR, but also sets
the extended DABR (DABRX) register.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
According to LoPAPR, h_set_dabr should simply set DABRX to 3
(if the register is available), and load the parameter into DABR.
If DABRX is not available, the hypervisor has to check the
"Breakpoint Translation" bit of the DABR register first.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
This is a very simple hypercall that only sets up the SPRG0
register for the guest (since writing to SPRG0 was only permitted
to the hypervisor in older versions of the PowerISA).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
htab_save_first_pass could return without finishing its work due to
timeout. The patch checks if another invocation of it is necessary and
will call it in htab_save_complete if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Jianjun Duan <duanj@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Roth <mdroth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
[removed overlong line]
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
With HV KVM, the guest's hash page table (HPT) is managed by the kernel and
not directly accessible to QEMU. This means that spapr->htab is NULL
and normally env->external_htab would also be NULL for each cpu.
However, that would cause ppc_hash64_load_hpte*() to do the wrong thing in
the few cases where QEMU does need to load entries from the in-kernel HPT.
Specifically, seeing external_htab is NULL, they would look for an HPT
within the guest's address space instead.
To stop that we have an ugly hack in the pseries machine type code to
set external htab to (void *)1 instead.
This patch removes that hack by having ppc_hash64_load_hpte*() explicitly
check kvmppc_kern_htab instead, which makes more sense.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Alexey Kardashevskiy <aik@ozlabs.ru>
At the moment the size of the hash page table (HPT) is fixed based on the
maximum memory allowed to the guest. As such, we allocate the table during
machine construction, and just clear it at reset.
However, we're planning to implement a PAPR extension allowing the hash
page table to be resized at runtime. This will mean that on reset we want
to revert it to the default size. It also means that when migrating, we
need to make sure the destination allocates an HPT of size matching the
host, since the guest could have changed it before the migration.
This patch replaces the spapr_alloc_htab() and spapr_reset_htab() functions
with a new spapr_reallocate_hpt() function. This is called at reset and
inbound migration only, not during machine init any more.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Alexey Kardashevskiy <aik@ozlabs.ru>
At present we calculate the recommended hash page table (HPT) size for a
pseries guest just once in ppc_spapr_init() before allocating the HPT.
In future patches we're going to want this calculation in other places, so
this splits it out into a helper function. While we're at it, change the
calculation to use ctz() instead of an explicit loop.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Alexey Kardashevskiy <aik@ozlabs.ru>
When migrating the 'pseries' machine type with KVM, we use a special fd
to access the hash page table stored within KVM. Usually, this fd is
opened at the beginning of migration, and kept open until the migration
is complete.
However, if there is a guest reset during the migration, the fd can become
stale and we need to re-open it. At the moment we use an 'htab_fd_stale'
flag in sPAPRMachineState to signal this, which is checked in the migration
iterators.
But that's rather ugly. It's simpler to just close and invalidate the
fd on reset, and lazily re-open it in migration if necessary. This patch
implements that change.
This requires a small addition to the machine state's instance_init,
so that htab_fd is initialized to -1 (telling the migration code it
needs to open it) instead of 0, which could be a valid fd.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Alexey Kardashevskiy <aik@ozlabs.ru>
The HMP command "info registers" produces somewhat different information on
different ppc cpu variants. For those with a hash MMU it's supposed to
include the SDR1, DAR and DSISR registers related to the MMU. However,
the switch is missing a couple of MMU model variants, meaning we will
miss out this information on certain CPUs which should have it.
This patch corrects the oversight. (Really these MMU model IDs need a big
cleanup, but we might as well fix the bug in the interim).
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Alexey Kardashevskiy <aik@ozlabs.ru>
* Coverity fixes for IPMI and mptsas
* qemu-char fixes from Daniel and Marc-André
* Bug fixes that break qemu-iotests
* Changes to fix reset from panicked state
* checkpatch false positives for designated initializers
* TLS support in the NBD servers and clients
# gpg: Signature made Tue 16 Feb 2016 16:27:17 GMT using RSA key ID 78C7AE83
# gpg: Good signature from "Paolo Bonzini <bonzini@gnu.org>"
# gpg: aka "Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>"
* remotes/bonzini/tags/for-upstream: (28 commits)
nbd: enable use of TLS with nbd-server-start command
nbd: enable use of TLS with qemu-nbd server
nbd: enable use of TLS with NBD block driver
nbd: implement TLS support in the protocol negotiation
nbd: use "" as a default export name if none provided
nbd: always query export list in fixed new style protocol
nbd: allow setting of an export name for qemu-nbd server
nbd: make client request fixed new style if advertised
nbd: make server compliant with fixed newstyle spec
nbd: invert client logic for negotiating protocol version
nbd: convert to using I/O channels for actual socket I/O
nbd: convert blockdev NBD server to use I/O channels for connection setup
nbd: convert qemu-nbd server to use I/O channels for connection setup
nbd: convert block client to use I/O channels for connection setup
qemu-nbd: add support for --object command line arg
qom: add helpers for UserCreatable object types
ipmi: sensor number should not exceed MAX_SENSORS
mptsas: fix wrong formula
mptsas: fix memory leak
mptsas: add missing va_end
...
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
This modifies the nbd-server-start QMP command so that it
is possible to request use of TLS. This is done by adding
a new optional parameter "tls-creds" which provides the ID
of a previously created QCryptoTLSCreds object instance.
TLS is only supported when using an IPv4/IPv6 socket listener.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455129674-17255-17-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
This modifies the qemu-nbd program so that it is possible to
request the use of TLS with the server. It simply adds a new
command line option --tls-creds which is used to provide the
ID of a QCryptoTLSCreds object previously created via the
--object command line option.
For example
qemu-nbd --object tls-creds-x509,id=tls0,endpoint=server,\
dir=/home/berrange/security/qemutls \
--tls-creds tls0 \
--exportname default
TLS requires the new style NBD protocol, so if no export name
is set (via --export-name), then we use the default NBD protocol
export name ""
TLS is only supported when using an IPv4/IPv6 socket listener.
It is not possible to use with UNIX sockets, which includes
when connecting the NBD server to a host device.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455129674-17255-16-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
This modifies the NBD driver so that it is possible to request
use of TLS. This is done by providing the 'tls-creds' parameter
with the ID of a previously created QCryptoTLSCreds object.
For example
$QEMU -object tls-creds-x509,id=tls0,endpoint=client,\
dir=/home/berrange/security/qemutls \
-drive driver=nbd,host=localhost,port=9000,tls-creds=tls0
The client will drop the connection if the NBD server does not
provide TLS.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455129674-17255-15-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
This extends the NBD protocol handling code so that it is capable
of negotiating TLS support during the connection setup. This involves
requesting the STARTTLS protocol option before any other NBD options.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455129674-17255-14-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
If the user does not provide an export name and the server
is running the new style protocol, where export names are
mandatory, use "" as the default export name if the user
has not specified any. "" is defined in the NBD protocol
as the default name to use in such scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455129674-17255-13-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
With the new style protocol, the NBD client will currenetly
send NBD_OPT_EXPORT_NAME as the first (and indeed only)
option it wants. The problem is that the NBD protocol spec
does not allow for returning an error message with the
NBD_OPT_EXPORT_NAME option. So if the server mandates use
of TLS, the client will simply see an immediate connection
close after issuing NBD_OPT_EXPORT_NAME which is not user
friendly.
To improve this situation, if we have the fixed new style
protocol, we can sent NBD_OPT_LIST as the first option
to query the list of server exports. We can check for our
named export in this list and raise an error if it is not
found, instead of going ahead and sending NBD_OPT_EXPORT_NAME
with a name that we know will be rejected.
This improves the error reporting both in the case that the
server required TLS, and in the case that the client requested
export name does not exist on the server.
If the server does not support NBD_OPT_LIST, we just ignore
that and carry on with NBD_OPT_EXPORT_NAME as before.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455129674-17255-12-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
The qemu-nbd server currently always uses the old style protocol
since it never sets any export name. This is a problem because
future TLS support will require use of the new style protocol
negotiation.
This adds "--exportname NAME" / "-x NAME" arguments to qemu-nbd
which allow the user to set an explicit export name. When an
export name is set the server will always use the new style
NBD protocol.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455129674-17255-11-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
If the server advertises support for the fixed new style
negotiation, the client should in turn enable new style.
This will allow the client to negotiate further NBD
options besides the export name.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455129674-17255-10-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
If the client does not request the fixed new style protocol,
then we should only accept NBD_OPT_EXPORT_NAME. All other
options are only valid when fixed new style has been activated.
The qemu-nbd client doesn't currently request fixed new style
protocol, but this change won't break qemu-nbd, because it
fortunately only ever uses NBD_OPT_EXPORT_NAME, so was never
triggering the non-compliant server behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455129674-17255-9-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
The nbd_receive_negotiate() method takes different code
paths based on whether 'name == NULL', and then checks
the expected protocol version in each branch.
This patch inverts the logic, so that it takes different
code paths based on what protocol version it receives and
then checks if name is NULL or not as needed.
This facilitates later code which allows the client to
be capable of using the new style protocol regardless
of whether an export name is listed or not.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455129674-17255-8-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Now that all callers are converted to use I/O channels for
initial connection setup, it is possible to switch the core
NBD protocol handling core over to use QIOChannel APIs for
actual sockets I/O.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455129674-17255-7-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
This converts the blockdev NBD server to use the QIOChannelSocket
class for initial listener socket setup and accepting of client
connections. Actual I/O is still being performed against the
socket file descriptor using the POSIX socket APIs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455129674-17255-6-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
This converts the qemu-nbd server to use the QIOChannelSocket
class for initial listener socket setup and accepting of client
connections. Actual I/O is still being performed against the
socket file descriptor using the POSIX socket APIs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455129674-17255-5-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
This converts the NBD block driver client to use the QIOChannelSocket
class for initial connection setup. The NbdClientSession struct has
two pointers, one to the master QIOChannelSocket providing the raw
data channel, and one to a QIOChannel which is the current channel
used for I/O. Initially the two point to the same object, but when
TLS support is added, they will point to different objects.
The qemu-img & qemu-io tools now need to use MODULE_INIT_QOM to
ensure the QIOChannel object classes are registered. The qemu-nbd
tool already did this.
In this initial conversion though, all I/O is still actually done
using the raw POSIX sockets APIs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455129674-17255-4-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Allow creation of user creatable object types with qemu-nbd
via a new --object command line arg. This will be used to supply
passwords and/or encryption keys to the various block driver
backends via the recently added 'secret' object type.
# printf letmein > mypasswd.txt
# qemu-nbd --object secret,id=sec0,file=mypasswd.txt \
...other nbd args...
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455129674-17255-3-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
The QMP monitor code has two helper methods object_add
and qmp_object_del that are called from several places
in the code (QMP, HMP and main emulator startup).
The HMP and main emulator startup code also share
further logic that extracts the qom-type & id
values from a qdict.
We soon need to use this logic from qemu-img, qemu-io
and qemu-nbd too, but don't want those to depend on
the monitor, nor do we want to duplicate the code.
To avoid this, move some code out of qmp.c and hmp.c
adding new methods to qom/object_interfaces.c
- user_creatable_add - takes a QDict holding a full
object definition & instantiates it
- user_creatable_add_type - takes an ID, type name,
and QDict holding object properties & instantiates
it
- user_creatable_add_opts - takes a QemuOpts holding
a full object definition & instantiates it
- user_creatable_add_opts_foreach - variant on
user_creatable_add_opts which can be directly used
in conjunction with qemu_opts_foreach.
- user_creatable_del - takes an ID and deletes the
corresponding object
The existing code is updated to use these new methods.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455129674-17255-2-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Merge I/O fixes 2016/02/16 v1
# gpg: Signature made Tue 16 Feb 2016 15:42:29 GMT using RSA key ID 15104FDF
# gpg: Good signature from "Daniel P. Berrange <dan@berrange.com>"
# gpg: aka "Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>"
* remotes/berrange/tags/pull-io-next-2016-02-16-1:
io: convert QIOChannelBuffer to use uint8_t instead of char
io: introduce helper for creating channels from file descriptors
io: improve docs for QIOChannelSocket async functions
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Fix a number of off-by-ones, one of them spotted by Coverity.
Signed-off-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
MPI_DOORBELL_WHO_INIT_SHIFT is being repeated twice. Reported
by Coverity.
Reviewed-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
The right place for "work around issues with system headers" code
is osdep.h. Move the workaround for OSX's stdlib.h emitting a
deprecation warning for daemon() to that header.
This also fixes a problem where running clean-includes on
oslib-posix.c would erroneously remove the #include <stdlib.h>
from it, breaking the workaround.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Clean up includes so that osdep.h is included first and headers
which it implies are not included manually.
This commit was created with scripts/clean-includes.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Include qemu/osdep.h as the first include in generated .c files,
so they don't implicitly rely on some other included header
to pull it in.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
In the .c files generated by this script, include qemu/osdep.h
as the first included header, not config.h.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
As a followup to commit cbf2115, clean up the includes in files
generated by QAPI so that osdep.h is included first in .c files,
and headers which it implies are not included manually. This
patch is done manually, since Coccinelle (and therefore
scripts/clean-includes) doesn't see into the generator scripts.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Clean up includes so that osdep.h is included first and headers
which it implies are not included manually.
This commit was created with scripts/clean-includes.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Clean up includes so that osdep.h is included first and headers
which it implies are not included manually.
This commit was created with scripts/clean-includes.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Clean up includes so that osdep.h is included first and headers
which it implies are not included manually.
This commit was created with scripts/clean-includes.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
mmu.c is only built for CONFIG_SOFTMMU targets, so there is
no need to redundantly surround the whole file contents with
an #ifndef CONFIG_USER_ONLY. The ifdef also confuses the
Coccinelle tool.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Include osdep.h as the first header in nand.c; this has to be
done manually because coccinelle gets confused by the way that
this C file includes itself.
We fix some odd spacing in #includes while we are in the area.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Actively redefining 'inline' is wrong for C++, where gcc has an
extension 'inline namespace' which fails to compile if the
keyword 'inline' is replaced by a macro expansion. This will
matter once we start to include "qemu/osdep.h" first from C++
files, depending also on whether the system headers are new
enough to be using the gcc extension.
But rather than just guard things by __cplusplus, let's look at
the overall picture. Commit df2542c737 in 2007 defined 'inline'
to the gcc attribute __always_inline__, with the rationale "To
avoid discarded inlining bug". But compilers have improved since
then, and we are probably better off trusting the compiler rather
than trying to force its hand.
So just nuke our craziness.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Message-id: 1455043788-28112-1-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
The test is based on bios-tables-test.c. It creates a file with
the boot sector image and loads it into a guest using PXE and TFTP
functionality.
Cc: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Victor Kaplansky <victork@redhat.com>
Suggested-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
commit 428c3ece97 ("fix MSI injection on Xen")
inadvertently enabled the xen-specific logic unconditionally.
Limit it to only when xen is enabled.
Additionally, msix data should be read with pci_get_log
since the format is pci little-endian.
Reported-by: "Daniel P. Berrange" <berrange@redhat.com>
Cc: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
When adding cross-endian support, we introduced the TARGET_IS_BIENDIAN macro
and the virtio_access_is_big_endian() helper to have a branchless fast path
in the virtio memory accessors for targets that don't switch endian.
This was considered as a strong requirement at the time.
Now we have added a runtime check for virtio 1.0, which ruins the benefit
of the virtio_access_is_big_endian() helper for always little-endian targets.
With this patch, always little-endian targets stop checking for virtio 1.0,
since the result is little-endian in all cases.
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
After the call to virtio_vdev_has_feature(), we only care for legacy
devices, so we don't need the extra check in virtio_is_big_endian().
Also the device_endian field is always set (VIRTIO_DEVICE_ENDIAN_UNKNOWN
may only happen on a virtio_load() path that cannot lead here), so we
don't need the assert() either.
This open codes the device_endian checking in vhost_needs_vring_endian().
It also adds a comment to explain the logic, as recent reviews showed the
cross-endian tweaks aren't that obvious.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Indeed vhost doesn't need to ask for vring endian fixing if the device is
virtio 1.0, since it is already handled by the in-kernel vhost driver. This
patch simply consolidates the logic into the existing helper.
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
If target is bi-endian (ppc64, arm), the virtio_legacy_is_cross_endian()
indeed returns the runtime state of the virtio device. However, it returns
false unconditionally in the general case. This sounds a bit strange
given the name of the function.
This helper is only useful for vhost actually, where indeed non bi-endian
targets don't have to deal with cross-endian issues.
This patch moves the helper to vhost.c and gives it a more appropriate name.
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
Cross-endian is now handled by the core virtio-net code.
This patch reverts:
commit 5be7d9f1b1
vhost-net: tell tap backend about the vnet endianness
and
commit cf0a628f6e81bfc9b7a944fa0b80c3594836df56
net: set endianness on all backend devices
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
When running a fully emulated device in cross-endian conditions, including
a virtio 1.0 device offered to a big endian guest, we need to fix the vnet
headers. This is currently handled by the virtio_net_hdr_swap() function
in the core virtio-net code but it should actually be handled by the net
backend.
With this patch, virtio-net now tries to configure the backend to do the
endian fixing when the device starts (i.e. drivers sets the CONFIG_OK bit).
If the backend cannot support the requested endiannes, we have to fallback
onto virtio_net_hdr_swap(): this is recorded in the needs_vnet_hdr_swap flag,
to be used in the TX and RX paths.
Note that we reset the backend to the default behaviour (guest native
endianness) when the device stops (i.e. device status had CONFIG_OK bit and
driver unsets it). This is needed, with the linux tap backend at least,
otherwise the guest may lose network connectivity if rebooted into a
different endianness.
The current vhost-net code also tries to configure net backends. This will
be no more needed and will be reverted in a subsequent patch.
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
Reproducer is simply to migrate a virtual machine that was started with -S,
or that was already migrated.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
This patch implements proposal from Paolo to handle system reset when
the guest is not running.
"After a reset, main_loop_should_exit should actually transition
to VM_STATE_PRELAUNCH (*not* RUN_STATE_PAUSED) for *all* states except
RUN_STATE_INMIGRATE, RUN_STATE_SAVE_VM (which I think cannot happen
there) and (of course) RUN_STATE_RUNNING."
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
CC: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455369986-20353-1-git-send-email-den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Actively redefining 'inline' is wrong for C++, where gcc has an
extension 'inline namespace' which fails to compile if the
keyword 'inline' is replaced by a macro expansion. This will
matter once we start to include "qemu/osdep.h" first from C++
files, depending also on whether the system headers are new
enough to be using the gcc extension.
But rather than just guard things by __cplusplus, let's look at
the overall picture. Commit df2542c737 in 2007 defined 'inline'
to the gcc attribute __always_inline__, with the rationale "To
avoid discarded inlining bug". But compilers have improved since
then, and we are probably better off trusting the compiler rather
than trying to force its hand.
So just nuke our craziness.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455043788-28112-1-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
If io_channel_send_full gets QIO_CHANNEL_ERR_BLOCK it
and has already sent some of the data, it should return
that amount of data, not EAGAIN, as that would cause
the caller to re-try already sent data.
Unfortunately due to a previous rebase conflict resolution
error, the code for dealing with this was in the wrong
part of the conditional, and so mistakenly ran on other
I/O errors.
This be seen running
qemu-system-x86_64 -monitor stdio
and entering 'info mtree', when running on a slow console
(eg a slow remote ssh session). The monitor would get into
an indefinite loop writing the same data until it managed
to send it all without getting EAGAIN.
Reported-by: Igor Mammedov <imammedo@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1455288410-27046-1-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
This reverts commit 34689e206a.
Marc-André Lureau provided the following commentary: "It looks like if
a the slave is opened, then Linux will buffer the master writes, up to
a few kb and then throttle, so it's not entirely blocked but eventually
the guest VM dies. However, not having any slave open it will simply let
the write go and discard the data. At least, virt-install configures
a pty for the serial but viewers like virt-manager do not necessarily
open it. And, if there are no viewers, it will just hang. If qemu
starts reading all the data from the slave, I don't think interactions
with other slaves will work. I don't see much options but to close the
slave, thus reverting this patch."
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Previously, an error was printed in cases such as:
{ [1] = 5, [2] = 6 }
The space passed OK after a curly brace, but not after a comma.
Now, a space before a square bracket is allowed, if a comma comes before
it.
Signed-off-by: Leonid Bloch <leonid@daynix.com>
Message-Id: <1446112118-12376-2-git-send-email-leonid@daynix.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
The QIOChannelBuffer struct uses a 'char *' for its data
buffer. It will give simpler type compatibility with the
migration APIs if it uses 'uint8_t *' instead, avoiding
several casts.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Depending on what object a file descriptor refers to a different
type of IO channel will be needed - either a QIOChannelFile or
a QIOChannelSocket. Introduce a qio_channel_new_fd() method
which will return the appropriate channel implementation.
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
In the docs for qio_channel_socket_connect_async,
qio_channel_socket_listen_async and
qio_channel_socket_dgram_async, mention that the
SocketAddress parameters are copied, so can be freed
immediately.
Reviewed-by: "Dr. David Alan Gilbert" <dgilbert@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
This is immediately usable by lea and multi-byte nop,
and will be required to implement parts of the mpx spec.
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
This includes XSAVE, XRSTOR, XGETBV, XSETBV, which are all related,
as well as the associate cpuid bits.
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Rather than nesting tests of OP, MOD, and RM, decode them all at once
with a switch. Also, add some missing #UD checks for e.g. incorrect
LOCK prefix.
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Rather than nesting tests of OP, MOD, and RM, decode them
all at once with a switch. Fixes incorrect decoding of
AMD Pacifica extensions (aka vmrun et al) via op==2 path.
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Xen 2016-02-12
# gpg: Signature made Fri 12 Feb 2016 17:28:09 GMT using RSA key ID 70E1AE90
# gpg: Good signature from "Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>"
* remotes/sstabellini/tags/xen-2016-02-12:
xen: Drop __XEN_LATEST_INTERFACE_VERSION__ checks from prior to Xen 4.2
xen: move xenforeignmemory compat layer into common place
xen: drop XenXC and associated interface wrappers
xen: drop xen_xc_hvm_inject_msi wrapper
xen: drop support for Xen 4.1 and older.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
trivial patches for 2016-02-11
# gpg: Signature made Thu 11 Feb 2016 12:16:04 GMT using RSA key ID A4C3D7DB
# gpg: Good signature from "Michael Tokarev <mjt@tls.msk.ru>"
# gpg: aka "Michael Tokarev <mjt@corpit.ru>"
# gpg: aka "Michael Tokarev <mjt@debian.org>"
* remotes/mjt/tags/pull-trivial-patches-2016-02-11:
w32: include winsock2.h before windows.h
Adds keycode 86 to the hid_usage_keys translation table.
s390x: remove s390-zipl.rom
Passthru CCID card: QOMify
Emulated CCID card: QOMify
ES1370: QOMify
char: fix parameter name / type in BSD codepath
qmp-spec: fix index in doc
rdma: remove check on time_spent when calculating mbs
qemu-sockets: simplify error handling
cpu: cpu_save/cpu_load is no more
qom: Correct object_property_get_int() description
man: virtfs-proxy-helper: Rework awkward sentence
remove libtool support
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
# gpg: Signature made Wed 10 Feb 2016 19:23:29 GMT using RSA key ID AAFC390E
# gpg: Good signature from "John Snow (John Huston) <jsnow@redhat.com>"
* remotes/jnsnow/tags/ide-pull-request:
ahci: prohibit "restarting" the FIS or CLB engines
ahci: explicitly reject bad engine states on post_load
ahci: handle LIST_ON and FIS_ON in map helpers
ahci: Do not unmap NULL addresses
fdc: always compile-check debug prints
ide: fix device_reset to not ignore pending AIO
ide: Add silent DRQ cancellation
ide: replace blk_drain_all by blk_drain
ide: move buffered DMA cancel to core
ide: code motion
ide: Prohibit RESET on IDE drives
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Recent Fedora complains while compiling ui/sdl.c:
/usr/x86_64-w64-mingw32/sys-root/mingw/include/winsock2.h:15:2: warning: #warning Please include winsock2.h before windows.h [-Wcpp]
And with this patch we dutifully obey.
Stefan Weil:
Without that patch, windows.h will include winsock.h
(which conflicts with winsock2.h) when compiling sdl.c.
Normally we define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN, and
windows.h won't include winsock.h.
include/ui/sdl2.h and ui/sdl.c undefine that macro,
so the order of the include files is important.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Weil <sw@weilnetz.de>
Signed-off-by: Michael Tokarev <mjt@tls.msk.ru>
This is an s390 boot rom which was used in s390-virtio machine.
but since commit 3538fb6f89
"s390x: remove s390-virtio machine", this file isn't used.
The only place it is referenced in the code is an unused
define ZIPL_FILENAME. There's also comment in hw/s390/ipl.c
which I'm modifying too, to refer to s390-ccw.img instead.
Signed-off-by: Michael Tokarev <mjt@tls.msk.ru>
Acked-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
The BSD impl of qemu_chr_open_pp_fd had mis-declared
its parameter type as ChardevBackend instead of
ChardevCommon. It had also mistakenly used the variable
name 'common' instead of 'backend'.
Tested-by: Sean Bruno <sbruno@freebsd.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Tokarev <mjt@tls.msk.ru>
Within the if statement, time_spent is assured to be non-zero.
This patch just removes the check on time_spent when calculating mbs.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yang <richard.weiyang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Tokarev <mjt@tls.msk.ru>
Just go always through the err label. (Noticed because Coverity
complains that peer is always non-NULL in the error cleanup code,
but removing the "if" is arguably more prone to introducing the
opposite bug in the future).
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Tokarev <mjt@tls.msk.ru>
The description of object_property_get_int() stated that on an error
it returns NULL. This is not the case and the function will return -1
if an error occurs. Update the commented documentation accordingly.
Reported-By: Christian Liebhardt <christian.liebhardt@keysight.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Liebhardt <christian.liebhardt@keysight.com>
Signed-off-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Tokarev <mjt@tls.msk.ru>
There was a 'capbilities' typo in this man page. This commit
reformulates the sentence the typo was in to make it easier to grasp.
This is based on a suggestion from Eric Blake.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Fergeau <cfergeau@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Tokarev <mjt@tls.msk.ru>
Libtool support was needed to build shared library for libcacard.
Now there's no need to use libtool, and since the build system is
already complicated enough, we have a way to slightly de-complicate
it.
Signed-off-by: Michael Tokarev <mjt@tls.msk.ru>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
target-arm queue:
* fix some missing traps for EL3 support
* enable EL3 on Cortex-A53 and Cortex-A57
* fix syndrome IL bit for Thumb coprocessor, VFP and Neon traps
* fix mishandling of architectural watchpoints
* avoid buffer overflow in sd.c
* fix max-cpus check in virt board
* implement 'get board revision' query for BCM2835
# gpg: Signature made Thu 11 Feb 2016 11:23:47 GMT using RSA key ID 14360CDE
# gpg: Good signature from "Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>"
# gpg: aka "Peter Maydell <pmaydell@gmail.com>"
# gpg: aka "Peter Maydell <pmaydell@chiark.greenend.org.uk>"
* remotes/pmaydell/tags/pull-target-arm-20160211:
bcm2835_property: implement "get board revision" query
hw/arm/virt: fix max-cpus check
sd: limit 'req.cmd' while using as an array index
target-arm: Implement checking of fired watchpoint
cpu: Add callback to check architectural watchpoint match
target-arm: Fix IL bit reported for Thumb VFP and Neon traps
target-arm: Fix IL bit reported for Thumb coprocessor traps
target-arm: Correct misleading 'is_thumb' syn_* parameter names
target-arm: Enable EL3 for Cortex-A53 and Cortex-A57
target-arm: Implement NSACR trapping behaviour
target-arm: Add isread parameter to CPAccessFns
target-arm: Update arm_generate_debug_exceptions() to handle EL2/EL3
target-arm: Use access_trap_aa32s_el1() for SCR and MVBAR
target-arm: Implement MDCR_EL3 and SDCR
target-arm: Fix typo in comment in arm_is_secure_below_el3()
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Return a valid value from the BCM2835 property mailbox query "get board
revision". This query is used by U-Boot. Implementing it fixes the first
obvious difference between qemu and real HW.
The value returned is currently hard-coded to match the RPi2 I own. Other
values are legal, e.g. different board manufacturer field values are
likely to exist in the wild.
Cc: Andrew Baumann <Andrew.Baumann@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Baumann <Andrew.Baumann@microsoft.com>
Message-id: 1454993910-24077-1-git-send-email-swarren@wwwdotorg.org
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
mach-virt doesn't yet support hotplug, but command lines specifying
-smp <num>,maxcpus=<bigger-num> don't fail. Of course specifying
bigger-num as something bigger than the machine supports, e.g. > 8
on a gicv2 machine, should fail though. This fix also makes mach-
virt's max-cpus check truly consistent with the one in vl.c:main,
as the one there was already correctly checking max-cpus instead
of smp-cpus.
Reported-by: Shannon Zhao <shannon.zhao@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Jones <drjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Shannon Zhao <shannon.zhao@linaro.org>
Message-id: 1454511578-24863-1-git-send-email-drjones@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
ARM stops before access to a location covered by watchpoint. Also, QEMU
watchpoint fire is not necessarily an architectural watchpoint match.
Unfortunately, that is hardly possible to ignore a fired watchpoint in
debug exception handler. So move watchpoint check from debug exception
handler to the dedicated watchpoint checking callback.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Fedorov <serge.fdrv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Message-id: 1454256948-10485-3-git-send-email-serge.fdrv@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
When QEMU watchpoint matches, that is not definitely an architectural
watchpoint match yet. If it is a stop-before-access watchpoint then that
is hardly possible to ignore it after throwing a TCG exception.
A special callback is introduced to check for architectural watchpoint
match before raising a TCG exception.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Fedorov <serge.fdrv@gmail.com>
Message-id: 1454256948-10485-2-git-send-email-serge.fdrv@gmail.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
In syndrome register values, the IL bit indicates the instruction
length, and is 1 for 4-byte instructions and 0 for 2-byte
instructions. All A64 and A32 instructions are 4-byte, but
Thumb instructions may be either 2 or 4 bytes long. Unfortunately
we named the parameter to the syn_* functions for constructing
syndromes "is_thumb", which falsely implies that it should be
set for all Thumb instructions, rather than only the 16-bit ones.
Fix the functions to name the parameter 'is_16bit' instead.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Sergey Fedorov <serge.fdrv@gmail.com>
Message-id: 1454683067-16001-2-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Implement some corner cases of the behaviour of the NSACR
register on ARMv8:
* if EL3 is AArch64 then accessing the NSACR from Secure EL1
with AArch32 should trap to EL3
* if EL3 is not present or is AArch64 then reads from NS EL1 and
NS EL2 return constant 0xc00
It would in theory be possible to implement all these with
a single reginfo definition, but for clarity we use three
separate definitions for the three cases and install the
right one based on the CPU feature flags.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Message-id: 1454506721-11843-7-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The last two arguments to these functions are the last and first bit to
check relative to the base. The code was using incorrectly the first
bit and the number of bits. Fix this in cpu_physical_memory_get_dirty
and cpu_physical_memory_all_dirty. This requires a few changes in the
iteration; change the code in cpu_physical_memory_set_dirty_range to
match.
Fixes: 5b82b70
Cc: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Leon Alrae <leon.alrae@imgtec.com>
Tested-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1455113505-11237-1-git-send-email-pbonzini@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
If the FIS or DMA engines are already started, do not allow them to be
"restarted." As a side-effect of this change, the migration post-load
routine must be modified to cope. If the engines are listed as "on"
in the migrated registers, they must be cleared to allow the startup
routine to see the transition from "off" to "on".
As a second side-effect, the extra argument to ahci_cond_engine_start
is removed in favor of consistent behavior.
Signed-off-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1454103689-13042-5-git-send-email-jsnow@redhat.com
Currently, we let ahci_cond_start_engines reject weird configurations
where either the DMA (CLB) or FIS engines are said to be started, but
their matching on/off control bit is toggled off.
There should be no way to achieve this, since any time you toggle the
control bit off, the status bit should always follow synchronously.
Preparing for a refactor in cond_start_engines, move the rejection logic
straight up into post_load.
Signed-off-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1454103689-13042-4-git-send-email-jsnow@redhat.com
Instead of relying on ahci_cond_start_engines to maintain the
engine status indicators itself, have the lower-layer CLB and FIS mapper
helpers do it themselves.
This makes the cond_start routine slightly nicer to read, and makes sure
that the status indicators will always be correct.
Signed-off-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1454103689-13042-3-git-send-email-jsnow@redhat.com
Coverity noticed that some variables are only used by debug prints, and
called them unused. Always compile the print statements. While we're
here, print to stderr as well.
Bonus: Fix a debug printf I broke in f31937aa8
Signed-off-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
[Touched up commit message. --js]
Message-id: 1454971529-14830-1-git-send-email-jsnow@redhat.com
Split apart the ide_transfer_stop function into two versions: one that
interrupts and one that doesn't. The one that doesn't can be used to
halt any PIO transfers that are in the DRQ phase. It will not halt
any PIO transfers that are currently in the process of buffering data
for the guest to read.
Signed-off-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Reported-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
[Renamed 'etf' to 'end_transfer_func' --js]
Message-id: 1453225191-11871-6-git-send-email-jsnow@redhat.com
Now that 4.2 and earlier are no longer supported "xc_interface *" is
always the right type for the xc interface handle.
With this we can also simplify the handling of the xenforeignmemory
compatibility wrapper by making xenforeignmemory_handle ==
xc_interface, instead of an xc_interface* and remove various uses of &
and *h.
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
Xen 4.2 become unsupported upstream in 09/2015 (see
http://wiki.xen.org/wiki/Xen_Release_Features). However as far as the
interfaces provided by the toolstack libraries go 4.2 and 4.3 are
indistinguishable.
Therefore drop support for Xen 4.1 and earlier which removes a whole
pile of compatibility code which makes future work (to use stable
library interfaces provided by upstream) more difficult. In particular
all supported versions now use a pointer as a libxc handle (4.1 and
earlier used an integer, resulting in various shim layers).
Also Xen 4.2 was the first version of Xen to formally support upstream
QEMU (as a preview) so that makes sense as a cut-off now.
This change drops all the configure-y and resulting ifdefs in a mostly
mechanical way. A follow up will refactor wrappers which are now
unused.
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
* switch to C11 atomics (Alex)
* Coverity fixes for IPMI (Corey), i386 (Paolo), qemu-char (Paolo)
* at long last, fail on wrong .pc files if -m32 is in use (Daniel)
* qemu-char regression fix (Daniel)
* SAS1068 device (Paolo)
* memory region docs improvements (Peter)
* target-i386 cleanups (Richard)
* qemu-nbd docs improvements (Sitsofe)
* thread-safe memory hotplug (Stefan)
# gpg: Signature made Tue 09 Feb 2016 16:09:30 GMT using RSA key ID 78C7AE83
# gpg: Good signature from "Paolo Bonzini <bonzini@gnu.org>"
# gpg: aka "Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>"
* remotes/bonzini/tags/for-upstream: (33 commits)
qemu-char, io: fix ordering of arguments for UDP socket creation
MAINTAINERS: add all-match entry for qemu-devel@
get_maintainer.pl: fall back to git if only lists are found
target-i386: fix PSE36 mode
docs/memory.txt: Improve list of different memory regions
ipmi_bmc_sim: Add break to correct watchdog NMI check
ipmi_bmc_sim: Fix off by one in check.
ipmi: do not take/drop iothread lock
target-i386: Deconstruct the cpu_T array
target-i386: Tidy gen_add_A0_im
target-i386: Rewrite leave
target-i386: Rewrite gen_enter inline
target-i386: Use gen_lea_v_seg in pusha/popa
target-i386: Access segs via TCG registers
target-i386: Use gen_lea_v_seg in stack subroutines
target-i386: Use gen_lea_v_seg in gen_lea_modrm
target-i386: Introduce mo_stacksize
target-i386: Create gen_lea_v_seg
char: fix repeated registration of tcp chardev I/O handlers
kvm-all: trace: strerror fixup
...
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
# gpg: Signature made Tue 09 Feb 2016 15:11:25 GMT using RSA key ID 81AB73C8
# gpg: Good signature from "Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>"
# gpg: aka "Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@gmail.com>"
* remotes/stefanha/tags/block-pull-request:
block: add missing call to bdrv_drain_recurse
blockjob: Fix hang in block_job_finish_sync
iov: avoid memcpy for "simple" iov_from_buf/iov_to_buf
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Error reporting patches for 2016-02-09
# gpg: Signature made Tue 09 Feb 2016 12:38:33 GMT using RSA key ID EB918653
# gpg: Good signature from "Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>"
# gpg: aka "Markus Armbruster <armbru@pond.sub.org>"
* remotes/armbru/tags/pull-error-2016-02-09:
HACKING: Add a section on error handling and reporting
error: Improve documentation some more
Use error_fatal to simplify obvious fatal errors (again)
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Add an entry to MAINTAINERS that matches every patch, and requests the
user send patches to qemu-devel@nongnu.org.
It's not 100% obvious to project newcomers that all patches should be sent
there; checkpatch doesn't say so, and since it mentions other lists to CC,
the wording "the list" from the SubmitAPatch wiki page can be taken
to mean only those lists, not the main list too.
The F: entries were taken from a similar entry in the Linux kernel.
Cc: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Cc: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Cc: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Message-Id: <1454987065-12961-1-git-send-email-swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
It's not 100% obvious to project newcomers that all patches should be sent
there; checkpatch doesn't say so, and since it mentions other lists to CC,
the wording "the list" from the SubmitAPatch wiki page can be taken
to mean only those lists, not the main list too. We would like therefore
to add a catch-all entry for qemu-devel@nongnu.org.
On its own, this would break fallback to git, because now every file
has a maintainer of sorts. Modify get_maintainer.pl so that mailing
lists (L: lines) no longer prevent the fallback, only humans (M:
entries).
Several pre-existing entries have a list but no human. These now
fall back to git. That's a feature.
Cc: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Cc: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Cc: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Message-Id: <1454987065-12961-1-git-send-email-swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
(pde & 0x1fe000) is a 32-bit integer; when shifting it
into bits 39-32 the result is zero. Fix it by making the
mask (and thus the result of the AND) a 64-bit integer.
Reported by Coverity.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Improve the part of the memory region documentation which describes
the various different kinds of memory region:
* add the missing types ROM, IOMMU and reservation
* mention the functions used to initialize each type, as a hint
for finding the API docs and examples of use
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Message-Id: <1454007297-3971-1-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
This is not necessary and actually causes a hang; it was probably copied
and pasted from KVM code, that is one of the very few places that run
outside iothread lock.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Having segs[].base as a register significantly improves code
generation for real and protected modes, particularly for TBs
that have multiple memory references where the segment base
can be held in a hard register through the TB.
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Message-Id: <1450379966-28198-6-git-send-email-rth@twiddle.net>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Add forgotten zero-extension in the TARGET_X86_64, !CODE64, ss32 case;
use this new function to implement gen_string_movl_A0_EDI,
gen_string_movl_A0_ESI, gen_add_A0_ds_seg.
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Message-Id: <1450379966-28198-2-git-send-email-rth@twiddle.net>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
In previous commit:
commit f2001a7e05
Author: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Date: Tue Jan 19 11:14:30 2016 +0000
char: don't assume telnet initialization will not block
The code which writes the telnet initialization sequence moved
to an event loop callback. If the TCP chardev is opened as a
server in blocking mode (ie -serial telnet:0.0.0.0:3000,server,wait)
this results in a state where the TCP chardev is connected, but not
yet ready to send/recv data when virtual hardware is created.
When the virtual hardware initialization registers its chardev
callbacks, it triggers tcp_chr_update_read_handler, which will
add I/O watches to the connection.
When the telnet initialization finally runs, it will then call
tcp_chr_connect to finish the connection setup. This will in
turn add I/O watches to the connection too.
There are now two sets of I/O watches registered on the same
connection. This ultimately causes data loss on the connection,
for example, when typing into the telnet console only every
second byte is echoed back to the client.
The same flaw can affect channels running with TLS encryption
too, since they also have delayed connection setup completion.
The fix is to update tcp_chr_update_read_handler so that it
avoids registering watches if the connection is not fully
setup yet.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1454939707-10869-1-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
cpu_to_be64w can't be used to make unaligned stores, but stq_be_p can.
Also, the st?_be_p takes a void* so it is more clearly suited to the
case where you're writing into a byte buffer.
Use the st?_be_p family of functions everywhere in nbd/server.c.
Signed-off-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
[Changed to use st?_be_p everywhere. - Paolo]
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
On kernels build without CONFIG_TRACING kvm_stat will bail out even
when traces are not used. This is not very helpful, especially if the
user can't install a new kernel. Instead, we should warn the user and
fall back to debugfs statistics.
These changes check if trace statistics were selected without kernel
support, warn with a small timeout, set the debugfs statistics option
to True and the tracefs one to False.
Fixes: 7aa4ee5 ('scripts/kvm/kvm_stat: Improve debugfs access checking')
Signed-off-by: Janosch Frank <frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <1454485291-43849-2-git-send-email-frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
[Exit if -t is passed explicitly. - Paolo]
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
- Change some spacing.
- Add disconnect usage to synopsis.
- Highlight the command and its options in the synopsis.
- Fix up the grammar in the description.
- Move filename variable description out of the option table.
- Add a description of the dev variable.
- Remove duplicate entry for --format.
- Reword --discard documentation.
- Add --detect-zeroes documentation.
- Add reference to qemu man page to see also section.
Signed-off-by: Sitsofe Wheeler <sitsofe@yahoo.com>
Message-Id: <1451979212-25479-3-git-send-email-sitsofe@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Indented lines in the texi meant the perlpod produced interpreted the
paragraph as being verbatim (thus formatting codes were not
interpreted). Fix this by un-indenting problem lines.
Signed-off-by: Sitsofe Wheeler <sitsofe@yahoo.com>
Message-Id: <1451979212-25479-2-git-send-email-sitsofe@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
This adds the SAS1068 device, a SAS disk controller used in VMware that
is oldish but widely supported and has decent performance. Unlike
megasas, it presents itself as a SAS controller and not as a RAID
controller. The device corresponds to the mptsas kernel driver in
Linux.
A few small things in the device setup are based on Don Slutz's old
patch, but the device emulation was written from scratch based on Don's
SeaBIOS patch and on the FreeBSD and Linux drivers. It is 2400 lines
shorter than Don's patch (and roughly the same size as MegaSAS---also
because it doesn't support the similar SPI controller), implements SCSI
task management functions (with asynchronous cancellation), supports
big-endian hosts, has complete support for migration and follows the
QEMU coding standards much more closely.
To write the driver, I first split Don's patch in two parts, with
the configuration bits in one file and the rest in a separate file.
I first left mptconfig.c in place and rewrote the rest, then deleted
mptconfig.c as well. The configuration pages are still based mostly on
VirtualBox's, though not exactly the same. However, the implementation
is completely different. The contents of the pages themselves should
not be copyrightable.
Signed-off-by: Don Slutz <Don@CloudSwitch.com>
Message-Id: <1347382813-5662-1-git-send-email-Don@CloudSwitch.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
SAS adapters need to access them in order to publish the SAS addresses
of the end devices connected to them.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Developers on 64-bit machines will often try to perform a
32-bit build of QEMU by running
./configure --extra-cflags="-m32"
Unfortunately if PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR is not set to point to
the location of the 32-bit pkg-config files, then configure
will silently pick up the 64-bit pkg-config files and still
succeed.
This causes a problem for glib because it means QEMU will
be pulling in /usr/lib64/glib-2.0/include/glibconfig.h
instead of /usr/lib/glib-2.0/include/glibconfig.h
This causes problems because the 'gsize' type (defined as
'unsigned long') will no longer be fully compatible with
the 'size_t' type (defined as 'unsigned int'). Although
both are the same size, the compiler refuses to allow
casts from 'unsigned long *' to 'unsigned int *' as they
are different pointer types. This results in non-obvious
compiler errors when building QEMU eg
qga/commands-posix.c: In function ‘qmp_guest_set_user_password’:
qga/commands-posix.c:1912:55: error: passing argument 2 of ‘g_base64_decode’ from incompatible pointer type [-Werror=incompatible-pointer-types]
rawpasswddata = (char *)g_base64_decode(password, &rawpasswdlen);
^
In file included from /usr/include/glib-2.0/glib.h:35:0,
from qga/commands-posix.c:14:
/usr/include/glib-2.0/glib/gbase64.h:52:9: note: expected ‘gsize * {aka long unsigned int *}’ but argument is of type ‘size_t * {aka unsigned int *}’
guchar *g_base64_decode (const gchar *text,
^
cc1: all warnings being treated as errors
To detect this problem, add a check to configure that
verifies that GLIB_SIZEOF_SIZE_T matches sizeof(size_t).
If this fails print a warning suggesting that the dev
probably needs to set PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR.
On Fedora x86_64 it passes with any of:
# ./configure
# PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR=/usr/lib/pkgconfig ./configure --extra-cflags="-m32"
# PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR=/usr/lib64/pkgconfig ./configure --extra-cflags="-m64"
And fails with a mis-match
# PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR=/usr/lib64/pkgconfig ./configure --extra-cflags="-m32"
# PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR=/usr/lib/pkgconfig ./configure --extra-cflags="-m64"
ERROR: sizeof(size_t) doesn't match GLIB_SIZEOF_SIZE_T.
You probably need to set PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR
to point to the right pkg-config files for your
build target
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1453885245-15562-1-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
If a process opens the slave pts device, writes data to it, then
immediately closes it, the data doesn't reliably get delivered to the
emulated serial port. This seems to be because a read of the master
pty device returns EIO on Linux if no process has the pts device open,
even when data is waiting "in the pipe".
A fix seems to be for QEMU to keep the pts file descriptor open until
the pty is closed, as per the below patch.
Signed-off-by: Ashley Jonathan <jonathan.ashley@altran.com>
Message-Id: <AC19797808C8D548ABDE0CA4A97AA30A30DEB409@XMB-DCFR-37.europe.corp.altran.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Tokarev <mjt@tls.msk.ru>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Although accesses to ram_list.dirty_memory[] use atomics so multiple
threads can safely dirty the bitmap, the data structure is not fully
thread-safe yet.
This patch handles the RAM hotplug case where ram_list.dirty_memory[] is
grown. ram_list.dirty_memory[] is change from a regular bitmap to an
RCU array of pointers to fixed-size bitmap blocks. Threads can continue
accessing bitmap blocks while the array is being extended. See the
comments in the code for an in-depth explanation of struct
DirtyMemoryBlocks.
I have tested that live migration with virtio-blk dataplane works.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1453728801-5398-2-git-send-email-stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
This condition is true in the common case, so we can cut out the body of
the function. In addition, this makes it easier for the compiler to do
at least partial inlining, even if it decides that fully inlining the
function is unreasonable.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
This is the third attempt for this pull request.
Since the v4 was posted:
- fixed merge conflict with ed7f5f1d8d
- added cleaner separation line to MAINTAINERS at Fam's request
- skip "make check" for --enable-trace-backends=simple (see 41fc57e44e)
# gpg: Signature made Tue 09 Feb 2016 12:33:45 GMT using RSA key ID 5A9E2A44
# gpg: Good signature from "Alex Bennée (Master Work Key) <alex.bennee@linaro.org>"
* remotes/stsquad/tags/pull-build-test-20160209:
MAINTAINERS: Add .travis.yml
.travis.yml: reduce the test matrix a little
.travis.yml: enable ccache for the builds
.travis.yml: enable each of the co-routine backends
.travis.yml: run make check for all matrix targets
.travis.yml: migrate to container builds
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
With a mirror job running on a virtio-blk dataplane disk, sending "q" to
HMP will cause a dead loop in block_job_finish_sync.
This is because the aio_poll() only processes the AIO context of bs
which has no more work to do, while the main loop BH that is scheduled
for setting the job->completed flag is never processed.
Fix this by adding a flag in BlockJob structure, to track which context
to poll for the block job to make progress. Its value is set to true
when block_job_coroutine_complete() is called, and is checked in
block_job_finish_sync to determine which context to poll.
Suggested-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1454379144-29807-1-git-send-email-famz@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
memcpy can take a large amount of time for small reads and writes.
For virtio it is a common case that the first iovec can satisfy the
whole read or write. In that case, and if bytes is a constant to
avoid excessive growth of code, inline the first iteration
into the caller.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1450782213-14227-1-git-send-email-pbonzini@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
QAPI patches for 2016-02-09
# gpg: Signature made Tue 09 Feb 2016 10:55:51 GMT using RSA key ID EB918653
# gpg: Good signature from "Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>"
# gpg: aka "Markus Armbruster <armbru@pond.sub.org>"
* remotes/armbru/tags/pull-qapi-2016-02-09: (31 commits)
qapi: Add missing JSON files in build dependencies
qapi: Fix compilation failure on MIPS and SPARC
qmp: Don't abuse stack to track qmp-output root
qmp: Fix reference-counting of qnull on empty output visit
qapi: Drop unused error argument for list and implicit struct
qapi: Tighten qmp_input_end_list()
qapi: Drop unused 'kind' for struct/enum visit
qapi: Swap 'name' in visit_* callbacks to match public API
qom: Swap 'name' next to visitor in ObjectPropertyAccessor
qapi: Swap visit_* arguments for consistent 'name' placement
qom: Use typedef for Visitor
qapi: Don't cast Enum* to int*
qapi: Consolidate visitor small integer callbacks
qapi: Make all visitors supply uint64 callbacks
qapi: Prefer type_int64 over type_int in visitors
qapi-visit: Kill unused visit_end_union()
qapi: Track all failures between visit_start/stop
qapi: Improve generated event use of qapi visitor
balloon: Improve use of qapi visitor
vl: Ensure qapi visitor properly ends struct visit
...
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Unify all of the places that realize a temporary into a register.
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
In particular, make sure the memory is memset before use.
Continues the increased use of TCGTemp pointers instead of
integer indices where appropriate.
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Chain the temporaries together via pointers intstead of indices.
The mem_reg value is now mem_base->reg. This will be important later.
This does require that the frame pointer have a global temporary
allocated for it. This is simple bar the existing reserved_regs check.
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Thus, use cpu_env as the parameter, not TCG_AREG0 directly.
Update all uses in the translators.
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Undo the workaround at b17a6d3390.
If there are lots of memory operations in a TB, the slow path code
can exceed the highwater reservation. Add a check within the loop.
Tested-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
As we are now running "make check" on more of the matrix it is worth
making more of an effort to reduce the overall load on Travis. I've done
a few things:
- Combining a number of the targets
- Building one target for each ancillary build
Signed-off-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Tested-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Travis support ccache on a cache-per-branch basis. Given not much of the
build changes between pushes as well as the duplication in each build it
seems worthwhile enabling this.
Signed-off-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Tested-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
We only ran make check once before it used to be an unreliable target.
It was only a stop gap measure and we should be able to revert it now.
This also stops us needing a large all-MMU build.
We disable "make check" for a couple of the extra config targets which
are currently broken.
Signed-off-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Tested-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Commit 86f4b687 broke compilation on MIPS and SPARC, which have a
preprocessor pollution of '#define mips 1' and '#define sparc 1',
respectively. Treat it the same way as we do for the pollution with
'unix', so that QMP remains backwards compatible and only the C code
needs to use the alternative 'q_mips', 'q_sparc' spelling.
CC: James Hogan <james.hogan@imgtec.com>
CC: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Tested-by: James Hogan <james.hogan@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
The previous commit documented an inconsistency in how we are
using the stack of qmp-output-visitor. Normally, pushing a
single top-level object puts the object on the stack twice:
once as the root, and once as the current container being
appended to; but popping that struct only pops once. However,
qmp_ouput_add() was trying to either set up the added object
as the new root (works if you parse two top-level scalars in a
row: the second replaces the first as the root) or as a member
of the current container (works as long as you have an open
container on the stack; but if you have popped the first
top-level container, it then resolves to the root and still
tries to add into that existing container).
Fix the stupidity by not tracking two separate things in the
stack. Drop the now-useless qmp_output_first() and
qmp_output_last() while at it.
Saved for a later patch: we still are rather sloppy in that
qmp_output_get_object() can be called in the middle of a parse,
rather than requiring that a visit is complete.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1454075341-13658-26-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Commit 6c2f9a15 ensured that we would not return NULL when the
caller used an output visitor but had nothing to visit. But
in doing so, it added a FIXME about a reference count leak
that could abort qemu in the (unlikely) case of SIZE_MAX such
visits (more plausible on 32-bit). (Although that commit
suggested we might fix it in time for 2.5, we ran out of time;
fortunately, it is unlikely enough to bite that it was not
worth worrying about during the 2.5 release.)
This fixes things by documenting the internal contracts, and
explaining why the internal function can return NULL and only
the public facing interface needs to worry about qnull(),
thus avoiding over-referencing the qnull_ global object.
It does not, however, fix the stupidity of the stack mixing
up two separate pieces of information; add a FIXME to explain
that issue, which will be fixed shortly in a future patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Cc: qemu-stable@nongnu.org
Message-Id: <1454075341-13658-25-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
No backend was setting an error when ending the visit of a list or
implicit struct, or when moving to the next list node. Make the
callers a bit easier to follow by making this a part of the contract,
and removing the errp argument - callers can then unconditionally end
an object as part of cleanup without having to think about whether a
second error is dominated by a first, because there is no second
error.
A later patch will then tackle the larger task of splitting
visit_end_struct(), which can indeed set an error.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1454075341-13658-24-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
The only way that qmp_input_pop() will set errp is if a dictionary
was the most recent thing pushed. Since we don't have any
push(struct)/pop(list) or push(list)/pop(struct) mismatches (such
a mismatch is a programming bug), we therefore cannot set errp
inside qmp_input_end_list(). Make this obvious by
using &error_abort. A later patch will then remove the errp
parameter of qmp_input_pop(), but that will first require the
larger task of splitting visit_end_struct().
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1454075341-13658-23-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
visit_start_struct() and visit_type_enum() had a 'kind' argument
that was usually set to either the stringized version of the
corresponding qapi type name, or to NULL (although some clients
didn't even get that right). But nothing ever used the argument.
It's even hard to argue that it would be useful in a debugger,
as a stack backtrace also tells which type is being visited.
Therefore, drop the 'kind' argument as dead.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1454075341-13658-22-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
[Harmless rebase mistake cleaned up]
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
As explained in the previous patches, matching argument order of
'name, &value' to JSON's "name":value makes sense. However,
while the last two patches were easy with Coccinelle, I ended up
doing this one all by hand. Now all the visitor callbacks match
the main interface.
The compiler is able to enforce that all clients match the changed
interface in visitor-impl.h, even where two pointers are being
swapped, because only one of the two pointers is const (if that
were not the case, then C's looseness on treating 'char *' like
'void *' would have made review a bit harder).
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1454075341-13658-21-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Similar to the previous patch, it's nice to have all functions
in the tree that involve a visitor and a name for conversion to
or from QAPI to consistently stick the 'name' parameter next
to the Visitor parameter.
Done by manually changing include/qom/object.h and qom/object.c,
then running this Coccinelle script and touching up the fallout
(Coccinelle insisted on adding some trailing whitespace).
@ rule1 @
identifier fn;
typedef Object, Visitor, Error;
identifier obj, v, opaque, name, errp;
@@
void fn
- (Object *obj, Visitor *v, void *opaque, const char *name,
+ (Object *obj, Visitor *v, const char *name, void *opaque,
Error **errp) { ... }
@@
identifier rule1.fn;
expression obj, v, opaque, name, errp;
@@
fn(obj, v,
- opaque, name,
+ name, opaque,
errp)
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1454075341-13658-20-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
JSON uses "name":value, but many of our visitor interfaces were
called with visit_type_FOO(v, &value, name, errp). This can be
a bit confusing to have to mentally swap the parameter order to
match JSON order. It's particularly bad for visit_start_struct(),
where the 'name' parameter is smack in the middle of the
otherwise-related group of 'obj, kind, size' parameters! It's
time to do a global swap of the parameter ordering, so that the
'name' parameter is always immediately after the Visitor argument.
Additional reason in favor of the swap: the existing include/qjson.h
prefers listing 'name' first in json_prop_*(), and I have plans to
unify that file with the qapi visitors; listing 'name' first in
qapi will minimize churn to the (admittedly few) qjson.h clients.
Later patches will then fix docs, object.h, visitor-impl.h, and
those clients to match.
Done by first patching scripts/qapi*.py by hand to make generated
files do what I want, then by running the following Coccinelle
script to affect the rest of the code base:
$ spatch --sp-file script `git grep -l '\bvisit_' -- '**/*.[ch]'`
I then had to apply some touchups (Coccinelle insisted on TAB
indentation in visitor.h, and botched the signature of
visit_type_enum() by rewriting 'const char *const strings[]' to
the syntactically invalid 'const char*const[] strings'). The
movement of parameters is sufficient to provoke compiler errors
if any callers were missed.
// Part 1: Swap declaration order
@@
type TV, TErr, TObj, T1, T2;
identifier OBJ, ARG1, ARG2;
@@
void visit_start_struct
-(TV v, TObj OBJ, T1 ARG1, const char *name, T2 ARG2, TErr errp)
+(TV v, const char *name, TObj OBJ, T1 ARG1, T2 ARG2, TErr errp)
{ ... }
@@
type bool, TV, T1;
identifier ARG1;
@@
bool visit_optional
-(TV v, T1 ARG1, const char *name)
+(TV v, const char *name, T1 ARG1)
{ ... }
@@
type TV, TErr, TObj, T1;
identifier OBJ, ARG1;
@@
void visit_get_next_type
-(TV v, TObj OBJ, T1 ARG1, const char *name, TErr errp)
+(TV v, const char *name, TObj OBJ, T1 ARG1, TErr errp)
{ ... }
@@
type TV, TErr, TObj, T1, T2;
identifier OBJ, ARG1, ARG2;
@@
void visit_type_enum
-(TV v, TObj OBJ, T1 ARG1, T2 ARG2, const char *name, TErr errp)
+(TV v, const char *name, TObj OBJ, T1 ARG1, T2 ARG2, TErr errp)
{ ... }
@@
type TV, TErr, TObj;
identifier OBJ;
identifier VISIT_TYPE =~ "^visit_type_";
@@
void VISIT_TYPE
-(TV v, TObj OBJ, const char *name, TErr errp)
+(TV v, const char *name, TObj OBJ, TErr errp)
{ ... }
// Part 2: swap caller order
@@
expression V, NAME, OBJ, ARG1, ARG2, ERR;
identifier VISIT_TYPE =~ "^visit_type_";
@@
(
-visit_start_struct(V, OBJ, ARG1, NAME, ARG2, ERR)
+visit_start_struct(V, NAME, OBJ, ARG1, ARG2, ERR)
|
-visit_optional(V, ARG1, NAME)
+visit_optional(V, NAME, ARG1)
|
-visit_get_next_type(V, OBJ, ARG1, NAME, ERR)
+visit_get_next_type(V, NAME, OBJ, ARG1, ERR)
|
-visit_type_enum(V, OBJ, ARG1, ARG2, NAME, ERR)
+visit_type_enum(V, NAME, OBJ, ARG1, ARG2, ERR)
|
-VISIT_TYPE(V, OBJ, NAME, ERR)
+VISIT_TYPE(V, NAME, OBJ, ERR)
)
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1454075341-13658-19-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
C compilers are allowed to represent enums as a smaller type
than int, if all enum values fit in the smaller type. There
are even compiler flags that force the use of this smaller
representation, although using them changes the ABI of a
binary. Therefore, our generated code for visit_type_ENUM()
(for all qapi enums) was wrong for casting Enum* to int* when
calling visit_type_enum().
It appears that no one has been using compiler ABI switches
for qemu, because if they had, we are potentially dereferencing
beyond bounds or even risking a SIGBUS on platforms where
unaligned pointer dereferencing is fatal. But it is still
better to avoid the practice entirely, and just use the correct
types.
This matches the fix for alternate qapi types, done earlier in
commit 0426d53 "qapi: Simplify visiting of alternate types",
with generated code changing as:
| void visit_type_QType(Visitor *v, QType *obj, const char *name, Error **errp)
| {
|- visit_type_enum(v, (int *)obj, QType_lookup, "QType", name, errp);
|+ int value = *obj;
|+ visit_type_enum(v, &value, QType_lookup, "QType", name, errp);
|+ *obj = value;
| }
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1454075341-13658-17-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Commit 4e27e819 introduced optional visitor callbacks for all
sorts of int types, but no visitor has supplied any of the
callbacks for sizes less than 64 bits. In other words, the
generic implementation based on using type_[u]int64() followed
by bounds-checking works just fine. In the interest of
simplicity, it's easier to make the visitor callback interface
not have to worry about the other sizes.
Adding some helper functions minimizes the boilerplate required
to correct FIXMEs added earlier with regards to questionable
reuse of errp, particularly now that we can guarantee from a
single file audit that value is unchanged if an error is set.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1454075341-13658-16-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Our qapi visitor contract supports multiple integer visitors,
but left the type_uint64 visitor as optional (falling back on
type_int64); which in turn can lead to awkward behavior with
numbers larger than INT64_MAX (the user has to be aware of
twos complement, and deal with negatives).
This patch does not address the disparity in handling large
values as negatives. It merely moves the fallback from uint64
to int64 from the visitor core to the visitors, where the issue
can actually be fixed, by implementing the missing type_uint64()
callbacks on top of the respective type_int64() callbacks, and
with a FIXME comment explaining why that's wrong.
With that done, we now have a type_uint64() callback in every
driver, so we can make it mandatory from the core. And although
the type_int64() callback can cover the entire valid range of
type_uint{8,16,32} on valid user input, using type_uint64() to
avoid mixed signedness makes more sense.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1454075341-13658-15-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
The qapi builtin type 'int' is basically shorthand for the type
'int64'. In fact, since no visitor was providing the optional
type_int64() callback, visit_type_int64() was just always falling
back to type_int(), cementing the equivalence between the types.
However, some visitors are providing a type_uint64() callback.
For purposes of code consistency, it is nicer if all visitors
use the paired type_int64/type_uint64 names rather than the
mismatched type_int/type_uint64. So this patch just renames
the signed int callbacks in place, dropping the type_int()
callback as redundant, and a later patch will focus on the
unsigned int callbacks.
Add some FIXMEs to questionable reuse of errp in code touched
by the rename, while at it (the reuse works as long as the
callbacks don't modify value when setting an error, but it's not
a good example to set) - a later patch will then fix those.
No change in functionality here, although further cleanups are
in the pipeline.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1454075341-13658-14-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
The generated code can call visit_end_union() without having called
visit_start_union(). Example:
if (!*obj) {
goto out_obj;
}
visit_type_CpuInfoBase_fields(v, (CpuInfoBase **)obj, &err);
if (err) {
goto out_obj; // if we go from here...
}
if (!visit_start_union(v, !!(*obj)->u.data, &err) || err) {
goto out_obj;
}
switch ((*obj)->arch) {
[...]
}
out_obj:
// ... then *obj is true, and ...
error_propagate(errp, err);
err = NULL;
if (*obj) {
// we end up here
visit_end_union(v, !!(*obj)->u.data, &err);
}
error_propagate(errp, err);
Harmless only because no visitor implements end_union(). Clean it up
anyway, by deleting the function as useless.
Messed up since we have visit_end_union (commit cee2ded).
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1453902888-20457-3-git-send-email-armbru@redhat.com>
[expand scope of patch to delete rather than repair]
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1454075341-13658-13-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
Inside the generated code between visit_start_struct() and
visit_end_struct(), we were blindly setting the error into
the caller's errp parameter. But a future patch to split
visit_end_struct() will require that we take action based
on whether an error has occurred, which requires us to track
all actions through a local err. Rewrite the visits to be
more in line with the other generated calls.
Generated code changes look like:
| visit_start_struct(v, (void **)obj, "Abort", name, sizeof(Abort), &err);
|- if (!err) {
|- if (*obj) {
|- visit_type_Abort_fields(v, obj, errp);
|- }
|- visit_end_struct(v, &err);
|+ if (err) {
|+ goto out;
| }
|+ if (!*obj) {
|+ goto out_obj;
|+ }
|+ visit_type_Abort_fields(v, obj, &err);
|+ error_propagate(errp, err);
|+ err = NULL;
|+out_obj:
|+ visit_end_struct(v, &err);
|+out:
| error_propagate(errp, err);
| }
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1454075341-13658-12-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
All other successful clients of visit_start_struct() were paired
with an unconditional visit_end_struct(); but the generated
code for events was relying on qmp_output_visitor_cleanup() to
work on an incomplete visit. Alter the code to guarantee that
the struct is completed, which will make a future patch to
split visit_end_struct() easier to reason about. While at it,
drop some assertions and comments that are not present in other
uses of the qmp output visitor, and pass NULL rather than "" as
the 'kind' parameter (matching most other uses where obj is NULL).
The changes to the generated code look like:
| qmp = qmp_event_build_dict("DEVICE_TRAY_MOVED");
|
| qov = qmp_output_visitor_new();
|- g_assert(qov);
|-
| v = qmp_output_get_visitor(qov);
|- g_assert(v);
|
|- /* Fake visit, as if all members are under a structure */
|- visit_start_struct(v, NULL, "", "DEVICE_TRAY_MOVED", 0, &err);
|+ visit_start_struct(v, NULL, NULL, "DEVICE_TRAY_MOVED", 0, &err);
| if (err) {
| goto out;
| }
| visit_type_str(v, (char **)&device, "device", &err);
| if (err) {
|- goto out;
|+ goto out_obj;
| }
| visit_type_bool(v, &tray_open, "tray-open", &err);
| if (err) {
|- goto out;
|+ goto out_obj;
| }
|- visit_end_struct(v, &err);
|+out_obj:
|+ visit_end_struct(v, err ? NULL : &err);
| if (err) {
| goto out;
| }
|
| obj = qmp_output_get_qobject(qov);
|- g_assert(obj != NULL);
|+ g_assert(obj);
|
| qdict_put_obj(qmp, "data", obj);
| emit(QAPI_EVENT_DEVICE_TRAY_MOVED, qmp, &err);
Note that the 'goto out_obj' with no intervening code before the
label, as well as the construct of 'err ? NULL : &err', are both
a bit unusual but also temporary; they get fixed in a later patch
that splits visit_end_struct() to drop its errp parameter by moving
some checking before the label. But until that time, this was the
simplest way to avoid the appearance of passing a possibly-set
error to visit_end_struct(), even though actual code inspection
shows that visit_end_struct() for a QMP output visitor will never
set an error.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1454075341-13658-11-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
[Commit message's code diff tweaked]
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Guarantee that visit_end_struct() is called if
visit_start_struct() succeeded. This matches the behavior of
most other uses of visitors, and is a step towards the possibility
of a future patch that adds and enforces some tighter semantics to
the visitor interface (namely, cleanup of the visitor would no
longer have to mop up as many leftovers from an aborted partial
visit).
The change to code here matches the flow of hmp.c:hmp_object_add();
a later patch will then further simplify the cleanup logic of both
places by refactoring visit_end_struct() to not require a second
local error object.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1454075341-13658-9-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
The qapi visitor contract allows us to visit a virtual structure,
where we don't have any corresponding qapi struct. Most such uses
pass NULL for @obj; but these two callers were passing a dummy
pointer, which then gets allocated to heap memory but then
immediately freed without use. Clean this up to suppress unwanted
allocation, like we do elsewhere.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1454075341-13658-7-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
The intent of having the visitor type_size() callback differ
from type_uint64() is to allow special handling for sizes; the
visitor core gracefully falls back to type_uint64() if there is
no need for the distinction. Since the dealloc visitor does
nothing for any of the int visits, drop the pointless size
handler.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1454075341-13658-5-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
The macro DO_UPCAST() is incorrectly named: it converts from a
parent class to a derived class (which is a downcast). Better,
and more consistent with some of the other qapi visitors, is
to use the container_of() macro through a to_FOO() helper. Names
like 'to_ov()' may be a bit short, but for a static helper it
doesn't hurt too much, and matches existing practice in files
like qmp-input-visitor.c.
Our current definition of container_of() is weaker than
DO_UPCAST(), in that it does not require the derived class to
have Visitor as its first member, but this does not hurt our
usage patterns in qapi visitors.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1454075341-13658-3-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
We've already documented that our JSON parsing is locale dependent;
but we should also document that our JSON output has the same
problem. Additionally, JSON requires finite values (you have to
upgrade to JSON5 to get support for Inf or NaN), and our output
truncates floating point numbers to the point of losing significant
precision that could cause the receiver to read a different value.
Sadly, this series is not going to be the one that addresses these
problems.
Fix some trailing whitespace I noticed in the vicinity.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1454075341-13658-2-git-send-email-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
pc and misc cleanups and fixes, virtio optimizations
Included here:
Refactoring and bugfix patches in PC/ACPI.
New commands for ipmi.
Virtio optimizations.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
# gpg: Signature made Sat 06 Feb 2016 18:44:26 GMT using RSA key ID D28D5469
# gpg: Good signature from "Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@kernel.org>"
# gpg: aka "Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>"
* remotes/mst/tags/for_upstream: (45 commits)
net: set endianness on all backend devices
fix MSI injection on Xen
intel_iommu: large page support
dimm: Correct type of MemoryHotplugState->base
pc: set the OEM fields in the RSDT and the FADT from the SLIC
acpi: add function to extract oem_id and oem_table_id from the user's SLIC
acpi: expose oem_id and oem_table_id in build_rsdt()
acpi: take oem_id in build_header(), optionally
pc: Eliminate PcGuestInfo struct
pc: Move APIC and NUMA data from PcGuestInfo to PCMachineState
pc: Move PcGuestInfo.fw_cfg to PCMachineState
pc: Remove PcGuestInfo.isapc_ram_fw field
pc: Remove RAM size fields from PcGuestInfo
pc: Remove compat fields from PcGuestInfo
acpi: Don't save PcGuestInfo on AcpiBuildState
acpi: Remove guest_info parameters from functions
pc: Simplify xen_load_linux() signature
pc: Simplify pc_memory_init() signature
pc: Eliminate struct PcGuestInfoState
pc: Move PcGuestInfo declaration to top of file
...
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
commit 5be7d9f1b1
vhost-net: tell tap backend about the vnet endianness
makes vhost net to set the endianness of the device, but only for
the first device.
In case of multiqueue, we have multiple devices... This patch sets the
endianness for all the devices of the interface.
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
On Xen MSIs can be remapped into pirqs, which are a type of event
channels. It's mostly for the benefit of PCI passthrough devices, to
avoid the overhead of interacting with the emulated lapic.
However remapping interrupts and MSIs is also supported for emulated
devices, such as the e1000 and virtio-net.
When an interrupt or an MSI is remapped into a pirq, masking and
unmasking is done by masking and unmasking the event channel. The
masking bit on the PCI config space or MSI-X table should be ignored,
but it isn't at the moment.
As a consequence emulated devices which use MSI or MSI-X, such as
virtio-net, don't work properly (the guest doesn't receive any
notifications). The mechanism was working properly when xen_apic was
introduced, but I haven't narrowed down which commit in particular is
causing the regression.
Fix the issue by ignoring the masking bit for MSI and MSI-X which have
been remapped into pirqs.
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Current intel_iommu only supports 4K page which may not be sufficient
to cover guest working set. This patch tries to enable 2M and 1G mapping
for intel_iommu. This is also useful for future device IOTLB
implementation to have a better hit rate.
Major work is adding a page mask field on IOTLB entry to make it
support large page. And also use the slpte level as key to do IOTLB
lookup. MAMV was increased to 18 to support direct invalidation for 1G
mapping.
Cc: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Cc: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Cc: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Cc: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
The 'base' field of MemoryHotplugState is ram_addr_t, which indicates that
it exists in the abstract address space of RAM regions.
However, the actual usage of this field indicates that it is a concrete
physical address (it's passed as an offset to memory_region_add_subgregion
for example).
So, correct its type to 'hwaddr'.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Mammedov <imammedo@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
The struct is not used for anything, now.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
The code can use the PCMachineClass.pci_enabled field directly.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcel Apfelbaum <marcel@redhat.com>
The ACPI code can use the PCMachineState fields directly.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcel Apfelbaum <marcel@redhat.com>
Remove the fields: legacy_acpi_table_size, has_acpi_build,
has_reserved_memory, and rsdp_in_ram from PcGuestInfo, and let
the existing code use the PCMachineClass fields directly.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcel Apfelbaum <marcel@redhat.com>
We don't need to save the pointer on AcpiBuildState, as it is not
used anymore.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcel Apfelbaum <marcel@redhat.com>
We can use PC_MACHINE(qdev_get_machine())->acpi_guest_info to get
guest_info.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
We can get the PcGuestInfo struct directly from PCMachineState,
and the return value is not needed at all.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcel Apfelbaum <marcel@redhat.com>
We can get the PcGuestInfo struct directly from PCMachineState,
and the return value is not needed at all.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcel Apfelbaum <marcel@redhat.com>
Instead of allocating a new struct just for PcGuestInfo and the
mchine_done Notifier, place them inside PCMachineState.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcel Apfelbaum <marcel@redhat.com>
>From the specs (20.8 Get Device GUID Command), the command needs to
return a GUID (Globally Unique ID), or UUID, that should never change
over the lifetime of the device. qemu_uuid looked like a good
candidate to start with but we could use a specific BMC property also
if needed.
Signed-off-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@fr.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Corey Minyard <cminyard@mvista.com>
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Currently, sdr attributes are identified using byte offsets and this
can be a bit confusing.
This patch adds a struct ipmi_sdr_compact conforming to the IPMI specs
and replaces byte offsets with names. It also introduces and uses a
struct ipmi_sdr_header in sections of the code where no assumption is
made on the type of SDR. This leave rooms to potential usage of other
types in the future.
Signed-off-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@fr.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
The IPMI BMC simulator populates the SDR table with a set of initial
SDRs. The length of each SDR is taken from the record itself (byte 4)
which does not include the size of the header. But, the full length
(header + data) is required by the sdr_add_entry() routine.
Signed-off-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@fr.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
ARRAY_SIZE() is simple to use and removes the need to pre-define
the size of the command arrays.
Signed-off-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@fr.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Each routine using the IPMI_ADD_RSP_DATA, IPMI_CHECK_CMD_LEN or
IPMI_CHECK_RESERVATION macros needs to define a goto label 'out' to
handle hidden errors. Using directly a return statement has the same
effect and it removes the fact that 'out' needs to be defined.
The code exits in ipmi_sim_handle_command() are a little different
from the rest and a "possible" error in the macro IPMI_ADD_RSP_DATA is
handled before making use of it. This might be a bit excessive as a
minimum response len is currently 300 bytes and the patch checks that
at least 3 are available.
Signed-off-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@fr.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcel Apfelbaum <marcel@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Corey Minyard <cminyard@mvista.com>
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
PCI devices can't be plugged directly into PCI extra root bridges
because their resources can't be computed by firmware before the ACPI
tables are loaded.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Apfelbaum <marcel@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
The mechanism to get the option ROM for virtio-net does not block the
PCI ROM from being loaded. Therefore, in vhost-user-test there are
two entries in the boot menu for the virtio-net card: one as an
embedded option ROM, one from the ROM BAR.
The embedded option ROM in vhost-user-test is the non-EFI-enabled,
while the ROM BAR has an EFI-enabled ROM. The two are compiled with
slightly different parameters, where only the old BIOS-only one doesn't
have a timeout for the "Press Ctrl-B" banner. When using a new
machine type, therefore, the vhost-user-test has to wait for the
EFI-enabled ROM's banner to go away. There are several ways to fix
this:
1) fix the ROMs to have the same configuration
2) add ",romfile=" to the -device line
3) remove --option-rom and add the ROM file name to the -device line
4) use an old machine type
This patch chooses 3. In addition, the file name was wrong because
qtest runs QEMU relative to the top build directory, not to the
x86_64-softmmu/ subdirectory, which is fixed too.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
The virtqueue_pop() implementation needs to check if the avail ring
contains some pending buffers. To perform this check, it is not
always necessary to fetch the avail_idx in the VQ memory, which is
expensive. This patch introduces a shadow variable tracking avail_idx
and modifies virtio_queue_empty() to access avail_idx in physical
memory only when necessary.
Signed-off-by: Vincenzo Maffione <v.maffione@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <b617d6459902773d9f4ab843bfaca764f5af8eda.1450218353.git.v.maffione@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Compared to vring, virtio has a performance penalty of 10%. Fix it
by combining all the reads for a descriptor in a single address_space_read
call. This also simplifies the code nicely.
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Build the addresses and s/g lists on the stack, and then copy them
to a VirtQueueElement that is just as big as required to contain this
particular s/g list. The cost of the copy is minimal compared to that
of a large malloc.
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Build the addresses and s/g lists on the stack, and then copy them
to a VirtQueueElement that is just as big as required to contain this
particular s/g list. The cost of the copy is minimal compared to that
of a large malloc.
When virtqueue_map is used on the destination side of migration or on
loadvm, the iovecs have already been split at memory region boundary,
so we can just reuse the out_num/in_num we find in the file.
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Allocate the arrays for in_addr/out_addr/in_sg/out_sg outside the
VirtQueueElement. For now, virtqueue_pop and vring_pop keep
allocating a very large VirtQueueElement.
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Move allocation to virtio functions also when loading/saving a
VirtQueueElement. This will also let the load/save functions
keep backwards compatibility when the VirtQueueElement layout
is changed.
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
The return code of virtqueue_pop/vring_pop is unused except to check for
errors or 0. We can thus easily move allocation inside the functions
and just return a pointer to the VirtQueueElement.
The advantage is that we will be able to allocate only the space that
is needed for the actual size of the s/g list instead of the full
VIRTQUEUE_MAX_SIZE items. Currently VirtQueueElement takes about 48K
of memory, and this kind of allocation puts a lot of stress on malloc.
By cutting the size by two or three orders of magnitude, malloc can
use much more efficient algorithms.
The patch is pretty large, but changes to each device are testable
more or less independently. Splitting it would mostly add churn.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
This moves the Travis tests from the legacy VM infrastructure (which
only seems to run 5-6 jobs at once) to the new container based approach.
The principle difference is there is no sudo in the containers so all
packages are installed using the apt add-on. This means one of the build
combinations can be dropped as it was only for checking the build with
additional packages.
Signed-off-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Tested-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Migration pull req.
Small fixes, nothing major.
# gpg: Signature made Fri 05 Feb 2016 13:51:30 GMT using RSA key ID 854083B6
# gpg: Good signature from "Amit Shah <amit@amitshah.net>"
# gpg: aka "Amit Shah <amit@kernel.org>"
# gpg: aka "Amit Shah <amitshah@gmx.net>"
* remotes/amit-migration/tags/migration-for-2.6-2:
migration: fix bad string passed to error_report()
static checker: e1000-82540em got aliased to e1000
migration: remove useless code.
qmp-commands.hx: Document the missing options for migration capability commands
qmp-commands.hx: Fix the missing options for migration parameters commands
migration/ram: Fix some helper functions' parameter to use PageSearchStatus
savevm: Split load vm state function qemu_loadvm_state
migration: rename 'file' in MigrationState to 'to_dst_file'
ram: Split host_from_stream_offset() into two helper functions
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
We didn't document x-cpu-throttle-initial/x-cpu-throttle-increment for
commands migrate-set-parameters and query-migrate-parameters.
Here we add the descriptions for these two options and fix the wrong example
for query-migrate-parameters qmp commands.
Besides, this will also fix the bug that we can't set x-cpu-throttle-initial
and x-cpu-throttle-increment through migrate-set-parameters qmp command.
Signed-off-by: zhanghailiang <zhang.zhanghailiang@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Dr. David Alan Gilbert <dgilbert@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Amit Shah <amit.shah@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1452829066-9764-6-git-send-email-zhang.zhanghailiang@huawei.com>
[Amit: fix typo in 'auto-converge']
Signed-off-by: Amit Shah <amit.shah@redhat.com>
The next patch will make virtqueue_pop/vring_pop allocate memory for
the VirtQueueElement. In some cases (blk, scsi, gpu) the device wants
to extend VirtQueueElement with device-specific fields and, until now,
the place of the VirtQueueElement within the containing struct didn't
matter. When allocating the entire block in virtqueue_pop/vring_pop,
however, the containing struct must basically be a "subclass" of
VirtQueueElement, with the VirtQueueElement as the first field. Make
that the case for blk and scsi; gpu is already doing it.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Since both tables are built dynamically now,
there is no point in keeping ASL in them in separate
tables.
So do the same as we do for ARM where we have only
DSDT table, i.e. move SSDT ASL into DSDT and
drop SSDT altogether.
This patch doesn't change moved SSDT ASL in any way,
but it opens a way to relatively independently simplify
generated ASL on per device/subsystem basis in
followup series.
It also simplifies bios-tables-test where expected
SSDT blobs could be dropped and only DSDT ones
have to be maintained.
Signed-off-by: Igor Mammedov <imammedo@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
I misunderstood the vmstate macro definition when I reworked the
virtio .get/.put.
The VMSTATE_STRUCT_VARRAY_KNOWN, was described as being for "a
variable length array (i.e. _type *_field) but we know the
length". However it actually specified operation for arrays embedded in
the struct (i.e. _type _field[]) since it lacked the VMS_POINTER
flag. This caused offset calculation to be completely off, examining and
potentially sending random data instead of the VirtQueue content.
Replace the otherwise unused VMSTATE_STRUCT_VARRAY_KNOWN with a
VMSTATE_STRUCT_VARRAY_POINTER_KNOWN that includes the VMS_POINTER flag
(so now actually doing what it advertises) and use it in the virtio
migration code.
Fixes and description as per Sascha's suggestions/debug.
Signed-off-by: Dr. David Alan Gilbert <dgilbert@redhat.com>
Reported-by: Sascha Silbe <silbe@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-By: Sascha Silbe <silbe@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-By: Sascha Silbe <silbe@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Fixes: 50e5ae4dc3
Fixes: 2cf0148674
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Update OpenBIOS images
# gpg: Signature made Thu 04 Feb 2016 11:18:01 GMT using RSA key ID AE0F321F
# gpg: Good signature from "Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>"
* remotes/mcayland/tags/qemu-openbios-signed:
Update OpenBIOS images
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
# gpg: Signature made Thu 04 Feb 2016 08:26:24 GMT using RSA key ID 398D6211
# gpg: Good signature from "Jason Wang (Jason Wang on RedHat) <jasowang@redhat.com>"
# gpg: WARNING: This key is not certified with sufficiently trusted signatures!
# gpg: It is not certain that the signature belongs to the owner.
# Primary key fingerprint: 215D 46F4 8246 689E C77F 3562 EF04 965B 398D 6211
* remotes/jasowang/tags/net-pull-request:
net/filter: Fix the output information for command 'info network'
net: always walk through filters in reverse if traffic is egress
net: netmap: use nm_open() to open netmap ports
e1000: eliminate infinite loops on out-of-bounds transfer start
slirp: Adding family argument to tcp_fconnect()
slirp: Make udp_attach IPv6 compatible
slirp: Add sockaddr_equal, make solookup family-agnostic
slirp: Factorizing and cleaning solookup()
slirp: Factorizing address translation
slirp: Make Socket structure IPv6 compatible
slirp: Adding address family switch for produced frames
slirp: Generalizing and neutralizing ARP code
slirp: goto bad in udp_input if sosendto fails
cadence_gem: fix buffer overflow
net: cadence_gem: check packet size in gem_recieve
qemu-doc: Do not promote deprecated -smb and -redir options
net/slirp: Tell the users when they are using deprecated options
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
# gpg: Signature made Wed 03 Feb 2016 20:29:54 GMT using RSA key ID AAFC390E
# gpg: Good signature from "John Snow (John Huston) <jsnow@redhat.com>"
* remotes/jnsnow/tags/ide-pull-request:
dma: remove now useless DMA_* functions
sb16: use IsaDma interface instead of global DMA_* functions
gus: use IsaDma interface instead of global DMA_* functions
cs4231a: use IsaDma interface instead of global DMA_* functions
fdc: use IsaDma interface instead of global DMA_* functions
sparc64: disable floppy DMA
sparc: disable floppy DMA
magnum: disable floppy DMA for now
i8257: implement the IsaDma interface
isa: add an ISA DMA interface, and store it within the ISA bus
i8257: move state definition to new independent header
i8257: QOM'ify
i8257: add missing const
i8257: make the DMA running method per controller
i8257: rename functions to start with i8257_ prefix
i8257: rename struct dma_regs to I8257Regs
i8257: rename struct dma_cont to I8257State
i8257: pass ISA bus to DMA_init() function
i82374: device only existed as ISA device, so simplify device
fdc: fix detection under Linux
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
target-arm queue:
* virt-acpi-build: add always-on property for timer
* various fixes for EL2 and EL3 behaviour
* arm: virt-acpi: each MADT.GICC entry as enabled unconditionally
* target-arm: Don't report presence of EL2 if it doesn't exist
* raspi: add raspberry pi 2 machine
# gpg: Signature made Wed 03 Feb 2016 18:58:02 GMT using RSA key ID 14360CDE
# gpg: Good signature from "Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>"
# gpg: aka "Peter Maydell <pmaydell@gmail.com>"
# gpg: aka "Peter Maydell <pmaydell@chiark.greenend.org.uk>"
* remotes/pmaydell/tags/pull-target-arm-20160203:
raspi: add raspberry pi 2 machine
arm/boot: move highbank secure board setup code to common routine
bcm2836: add bcm2836 SoC device
bcm2836_control: add bcm2836 ARM control logic
bcm2835_peripherals: add rollup device for bcm2835 peripherals
bcm2835_ic: add bcm2835 interrupt controller
bcm2835_property: add bcm2835 property channel
bcm2835_mbox: add BCM2835 mailboxes
target-arm: Don't report presence of EL2 if it doesn't exist
libvixl: Avoid std::abs() of 64-bit type
arm: virt-acpi: each MADT.GICC entry as enabled unconditionally
target-arm: Implement the S2 MMU inputsize > pamax check
target-arm: Rename check_s2_startlevel to check_s2_mmu_setup
target-arm: Apply S2 MMU startlevel table size check to AArch64
hw/arm: Setup EL1 and EL2 in AArch64 mode for 64bit Linux boots
target-arm: Make various system registers visible to EL3
virt-acpi-build: add always-on property for timer
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
The properties of netfilter object could be changed by 'qom-set'
command, but the output of 'info network' command is not updated,
because it got the old information through nf->info_str, it will
not be updated while we change the value of netfilter's property.
Here we split a helper function that could collect the output
information for filter, and also remove the useless member
'info_str' from struct NetFilterState.
Signed-off-by: zhanghailiang <zhang.zhanghailiang@huawei.com>
Cc: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Cc: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Cc: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Cc: Yang Hongyang <hongyang.yang@easystack.cn>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Previously, if we attach more than one filters for a single netdev,
both ingress and egress traffic will go through net filters in same
order like:
ingress: netdev ->filter1 ->filter2 ->...filter[n] ->emulated device
egress: emulated device ->filter1 ->filter2 ->...filter[n] ->netdev.
This is against the natural feeling and will complicate filters
configuration since in some scenes, we hope filters handle the egress
traffic in a reverse order. For example, in colo-proxy (will be
implemented later), we have a redirector filter and a colo-rewriter
filter, we need the filter behave like:
ingress(->)/egress(<-): chardev<->redirector<->colo-rewriter<->emulated device
Since both buffer filter and dump do not require strict order of
filters, this patch switches to always let egress traffic walk through
net filters in reverse to simplify the possible filters configuration
in the future.
Signed-off-by: Wen Congyang <wency@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Li Zhijian <lizhijian@cn.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Yang Hongyang <hongyang.yang@easystack.cn>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
This patch simplifies the netmap backend code by means of the nm_open()
helper function provided by netmap_user.h, which hides the details of
open(), iotcl() and mmap() carried out on the netmap device.
Moreover, the semantic of nm_open() makes it possible to open special
netmap ports (e.g. pipes, monitors) and use special modes (e.g. host rings
only, single queue mode, exclusive access).
Signed-off-by: Vincenzo Maffione <v.maffione@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
The start_xmit() and e1000_receive_iov() functions implement DMA transfers
iterating over a set of descriptors that the guest's e1000 driver
prepares:
- the TDLEN and RDLEN registers store the total size of the descriptor
area,
- while the TDH and RDH registers store the offset (in whole tx / rx
descriptors) into the area where the transfer is supposed to start.
Each time a descriptor is processed, the TDH and RDH register is bumped
(as appropriate for the transfer direction).
QEMU already contains logic to deal with bogus transfers submitted by the
guest:
- Normally, the transmit case wants to increase TDH from its initial value
to TDT. (TDT is allowed to be numerically smaller than the initial TDH
value; wrapping at or above TDLEN bytes to zero is normal.) The failsafe
that QEMU currently has here is a check against reaching the original
TDH value again -- a complete wraparound, which should never happen.
- In the receive case RDH is increased from its initial value until
"total_size" bytes have been received; preferably in a single step, or
in "s->rxbuf_size" byte steps, if the latter is smaller. However, null
RX descriptors are skipped without receiving data, while RDH is
incremented just the same. QEMU tries to prevent an infinite loop
(processing only null RX descriptors) by detecting whether RDH assumes
its original value during the loop. (Again, wrapping from RDLEN to 0 is
normal.)
What both directions miss is that the guest could program TDLEN and RDLEN
so low, and the initial TDH and RDH so high, that these registers will
immediately be truncated to zero, and then never reassume their initial
values in the loop -- a full wraparound will never occur.
The condition that expresses this is:
xdh_start >= s->mac_reg[XDLEN] / sizeof(desc)
i.e., TDH or RDH start out after the last whole rx or tx descriptor that
fits into the TDLEN or RDLEN sized area.
This condition could be checked before we enter the loops, but
pci_dma_read() / pci_dma_write() knows how to fill in buffers safely for
bogus DMA addresses, so we just extend the existing failsafes with the
above condition.
This is CVE-2016-1981.
Cc: "Michael S. Tsirkin" <mst@redhat.com>
Cc: Petr Matousek <pmatouse@redhat.com>
Cc: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
Cc: Prasad Pandit <ppandit@redhat.com>
Cc: Michael Roth <mdroth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Cc: qemu-stable@nongnu.org
RHBZ: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1296044
Signed-off-by: Laszlo Ersek <lersek@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
This patch simply adds a unsigned short family argument to remove the hardcoded
"AF_INET" in the call of qemu_socket().
This prepares for IPv6 support.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Subiron <maethor@subiron.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Thibault <samuel.thibault@ens-lyon.org>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
A unsigned short is now passed in argument to udp_attach instead of using a
hardcoded "AF_INET" to call qemu_socket().
This prepares for IPv6 support.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Subiron <maethor@subiron.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Thibault <samuel.thibault@ens-lyon.org>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
This patch makes solookup() compatible with varying address
families, by using a new sockaddr_equal() function that compares
two sockaddr_storage.
This prepares for IPv6 support.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Subiron <maethor@subiron.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Thibault <samuel.thibault@ens-lyon.org>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
solookup() was only compatible with TCP. Having the socket list in
argument, it is now compatible with UDP too.
Some optimization code is factorized inside the function (the function
look at the last returned result before browsing the complete socket
list).
This prepares for IPv6 support.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Subiron <maethor@subiron.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Thibault <samuel.thibault@ens-lyon.org>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
This patch factorizes some duplicate code into a new function,
sotranslate_out(). This function perform the address translation when a
packet is transmitted to the host network. If the packet is destinated
to the host, the loopback address is used, and if the packet is
destinated to the virtual DNS, the real DNS address is used. This code
is just a copy of the existent, but factorized and ready to manage the
IPv6 case.
On the same model, the major part of udp_output() code is moved into a
new sotranslate_in(). This function is directly used in sorecvfrom(),
like sotranslate_out() in sosendto().
udp_output() becoming useless, it is removed and udp_output2() is
renamed into udp_output(). This adds consistency with the udp6_output()
function introduced by further patches.
Lastly, this factorizes some duplicate code into sotranslate_accept(), which
performs the address translation when a connection is established on the host
for port forwarding: if it comes from localhost, the host virtual address is
used instead.
This prepares for IPv6 support.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Subiron <maethor@subiron.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Thibault <samuel.thibault@ens-lyon.org>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
This patch replaces foreign and local address/port couples in Socket
structure by 2 sockaddr_storage which can be casted in sockaddr_in.
Direct access to address and port is still possible thanks to some
\#define, so retrocompatibility of the existing code is assured.
The ss_family field of sockaddr_storage is declared after each socket
creation.
The whole structure is also saved/restored when a Qemu session is
saved/restored.
This prepares for IPv6 support.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Subiron <maethor@subiron.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Thibault <samuel.thibault@ens-lyon.org>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
In if_encap, a switch is added to prepare for the IPv6 case. Some code
is factorized.
This prepares for IPv6 support.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Subiron <maethor@subiron.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Thibault <samuel.thibault@ens-lyon.org>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Basically, this patch replaces "arp" by "resolution" every time "arp"
means "mac resolution" and not specifically ARP.
This prepares for IPv6 support.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Subiron <maethor@subiron.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Thibault <samuel.thibault@ens-lyon.org>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Before this patch, if sosendto fails, udp_input is executed as if the
packet was sent, recording the packet for icmp errors, which does not
makes sense since the packet was not actually sent, errors would be
related to a previous packet.
This patch adds a goto bad to cut the execution of this function.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Subiron <maethor@subiron.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Thibault <samuel.thibault@ens-lyon.org>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
gem_transmit copies a packet from guest into an tx_packet[2048]
array on stack, with size limited by descriptor length set by guest. If
guest is malicious and specifies a descriptor length that is too large,
and should packet size exceed array size, this results in a buffer
overflow.
Reported-by: 刘令 <liuling-it@360.cn>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
While receiving packets in 'gem_receive' routine, if Frame Check
Sequence(FCS) is enabled, it copies the packet into a local
buffer without checking its size. Add check to validate packet
length against the buffer size to avoid buffer overflow.
Reported-by: Ling Liu <liuling-it@360.cn>
Signed-off-by: Prasad J Pandit <pjp@fedoraproject.org>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Since -smb and -redir are deprecated options, we should not
use them as examples in the documentation anymore.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
We don't want to support the legacy -tftp, -bootp, -smb and
-net channel options forever. So let's start telling the users
that they are deprecated and what option should be used instead.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
# gpg: Signature made Wed 03 Feb 2016 15:47:34 GMT using RSA key ID 81AB73C8
# gpg: Good signature from "Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>"
# gpg: aka "Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@gmail.com>"
* remotes/stefanha/tags/tracing-pull-request:
log: add "-d trace:PATTERN"
trace: switch default backend to "log"
trace: convert stderr backend to log
log: move qemu-log.c into util/ directory
log: do not unnecessarily include qom/cpu.h
trace: add "-trace help"
trace: add "-trace enable=..."
trace: no need to call trace_backend_init in different branches now
trace: split trace_init_file out of trace_init_backends
trace: split trace_init_events out of trace_init_backends
trace: fix documentation
trace: track enabled events in a separate array
trace: count number of enabled events
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Accidentally, I removed a "feature" where empty drives had geometry
values applied to them, which allows seek on empty drives to work
"by accident," as QEMU actually tries to disallow that.
Seeks on empty drives should work, though, but the easiest thing is to
restore the misfeature where empty drives have non-zero geometries
applied.
Document the hack accordingly.
[Maintainer edit]
This fix corrects a regression introduced in d5d47efc, where
pick_geometry was modified such that it would not operate on empty
drives, and as a result if there is no diskette inserted, QEMU
no longer populates it with geometry bounds. As a result, seek fails
when QEMU denies to move the current track, but reports success anyway.
This can confuse the guest, leading to kernel panics in the guest.
Signed-off-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1454106932-17236-1-git-send-email-jsnow@redhat.com
This module is specific to the bcm2836 (Pi2). It implements the top
level interrupt controller, and mailboxes used for inter-processor
synchronisation.
Reviewed-by: Peter Crosthwaite <crosthwaite.peter@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Baumann <Andrew.Baumann@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
This device maintains all the non-CPU peripherals on bcm2835 (Pi1)
which are also present on bcm2836 (Pi2). It also implements the
private address spaces used for DMA and mailboxes.
Reviewed-by: Peter Crosthwaite <crosthwaite.peter@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Baumann <Andrew.Baumann@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
This sits behind the mailbox interface, and implements
request/response queries for system properties. The
framebuffer-related properties will be added in a later patch.
Reviewed-by: Peter Crosthwaite <crosthwaite.peter@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Baumann <Andrew.Baumann@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
We already modify the processor feature bits to not report EL3
support to the guest if EL3 isn't enabled for the CPU we're emulating.
Add similar support for not reporting EL2 unless it is enabled.
This is necessary because real world guest code running at EL3
(trusted firmware or bootloaders) will query the ID registers to
determine whether it should start a guest Linux kernel in EL2 or EL3.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Sergey Fedorov <serge.fdrv@gmail.com>
Message-id: 1454437242-10262-1-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
in current impl. condition
build_madt() {
...
if (test_bit(i, cpuinfo->found_cpus))
is always true since loop handles only present CPUs
in range [0..smp_cpus).
But to fill usless cpuinfo->found_cpus we do unnecessary
scan over QOM tree to find the same CPUs.
So mark GICC as present always and drop not needed
code that fills cpuinfo->found_cpus.
Signed-off-by: Igor Mammedov <imammedo@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Shannon Zhao <shannon.zhao@linaro.org>
Message-id: 1454323689-248759-1-git-send-email-imammedo@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
The AArch64 system registers DACR32_EL2, IFSR32_EL2, SPSR_IRQ,
SPSR_ABT, SPSR_UND and SPSR_FIQ are visible and fully functional from
EL3 even if the CPU has no EL2 (unlike some others which are RES0
from EL3 in that configuration). Move them from el2_cp_reginfo[] to
v8_cp_reginfo[] so they are always present.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Sergey Fedorov <serge.fdrv@gmail.com>
Message-id: 1453227802-9991-1-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
This patch is the ACPI equivalent of "hw/arm/virt: Add always-on
property to the virt board timer". The timer is always on, and
thus setting this informs Linux that it may switch off the periodic
timer. Switching off the periodic timer substantially reduces the
number of interrupts the host needs to inject.
Testing note: AArch64 guests (the only ones currently booting with
ACPI) do not actually need this patch to determine it can turn the
periodic timer off. I therefore used a hacked guest kernel to ensure
this patch works as the equivalent DT patch does.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Jones <drjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Shannon Zhao <shannon.zhao@linaro.org>
Message-id: 1453380893-26174-1-git-send-email-drjones@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
virtio-gpu: bugfixes and spice support preparation
# gpg: Signature made Wed 03 Feb 2016 09:47:13 GMT using RSA key ID D3E87138
# gpg: Good signature from "Gerd Hoffmann (work) <kraxel@redhat.com>"
# gpg: aka "Gerd Hoffmann <gerd@kraxel.org>"
# gpg: aka "Gerd Hoffmann (private) <kraxel@gmail.com>"
* remotes/kraxel/tags/pull-vga-20160203-1:
virtio-gpu: block any rendering until client (ui) is done
virtio-gpu: add support to enable/disable command processing
virtio-gpu: maintain command queue
virtio-gpu: fix memory leak in error path
console: block rendering until client is done
zap qemu_egl_has_ext in include/ui/egl-helpers.h
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Monitor patches for 2016-02-03
# gpg: Signature made Wed 03 Feb 2016 09:13:48 GMT using RSA key ID EB918653
# gpg: Good signature from "Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>"
# gpg: aka "Markus Armbruster <armbru@pond.sub.org>"
* remotes/armbru/tags/pull-monitor-2016-02-03:
hmp: fix sendkey out of bounds write (CVE-2015-8619)
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
We'll go take out the commands we receive out of the virt queue and put
them into a linked list, to decouple virtio queue handling from actual
command processing.
Also move cmd processing to new virtio_gpu_handle_ctrl func, so we can
easily kick it from different places.
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Allow gl user interfaces to block display device gl rendering.
The ui code might want to do that in case it takes a little
longer to bring things to screen, for example because we'll
hand over a dma-buf to another process (spice will do that).
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
Allow enabling events without going through a file, for example:
qemu-system-x86_64 -trace bdrv_aio_writev -trace bdrv_aio_readv
or with globbing too:
qemu-system-x86_64 -trace 'bdrv_aio_*'
if an appropriate backend is enabled (simple, stderr, ftrace).
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Message-id: 1452174932-28657-6-git-send-email-den@openvz.org
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
This is more cache friendly on the fast path, where we already have
the event id available.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
This lets trace_event_get_state_dynamic quickly return false. Right
now there is hardly any benefit because there are also many assertions
and indirections, but the next patch will streamline all of this.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
When processing 'sendkey' command, hmp_sendkey routine null
terminates the 'keyname_buf' array. This results in an OOB
write issue, if 'keyname_len' was to fall outside of
'keyname_buf' array.
Since the keyname's length is known the keyname_buf can be
removed altogether by adding a length parameter to
index_from_key() and using it for the error output as well.
Reported-by: Ling Liu <liuling-it@360.cn>
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Bumiller <w.bumiller@proxmox.com>
Message-Id: <20160113080958.GA18934@olga>
[Comparison with "<" dumbed down, test for junk after strtoul()
tweaked]
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Block patches
# gpg: Signature made Tue 02 Feb 2016 17:23:44 GMT using RSA key ID E838ACAD
# gpg: Good signature from "Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>"
* remotes/maxreitz/tags/pull-block-for-peter-2016-02-02: (50 commits)
block: qemu-iotests - add test for snapshot, commit, snapshot bug
block: set device_list.tqe_prev to NULL on BDS removal
iotests: Add "qemu-img map" test for VMDK extents
qemu-img: Make MapEntry a QAPI struct
qemu-img: In "map", use the returned "file" from bdrv_get_block_status
block: Use returned *file in bdrv_co_get_block_status
vmdk: Return extent's file in bdrv_get_block_status
vmdk: Fix calculation of block status's offset
vpc: Assign bs->file->bs to file in vpc_co_get_block_status
vdi: Assign bs->file->bs to file in vdi_co_get_block_status
sheepdog: Assign bs to file in sd_co_get_block_status
qed: Assign bs->file->bs to file in bdrv_qed_co_get_block_status
parallels: Assign bs->file->bs to file in parallels_co_get_block_status
iscsi: Assign bs to file in iscsi_co_get_block_status
raw: Assign bs to file in raw_co_get_block_status
qcow2: Assign bs->file->bs to file in qcow2_co_get_block_status
qcow: Assign bs->file->bs to file in qcow_co_get_block_status
block: Add "file" output parameter to block status query functions
block: acquire in bdrv_query_image_info
iotests: Add test for block jobs and BDS ejection
...
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
This fixes a regression introduced with commit 3f09bfbc7. Multiple
bugs arise in conjunction with live snapshots and mirroring operations
(which include active layer commit).
After a live snapshot occurs, the active layer and the base layer both
have a non-NULL tqe_prev field in the device_list, although the base
node's tqe_prev field points to a NULL entry. This non-NULL tqe_prev
field occurs after the bdrv_append() in the external snapshot calls
change_parent_backing_link().
In change_parent_backing_link(), when the previous active layer is
removed from device_list, the device_list.tqe_prev pointer is not
set to NULL.
The operating scheme in the block layer is to indicate that a BDS belongs
in the bdrv_states device_list iff the device_list.tqe_prev pointer
is non-NULL.
This patch does two things:
1.) Introduces a new block layer helper bdrv_device_remove() to remove a
BDS from the device_list, and
2.) uses that new API, which also fixes the regression once used in
change_parent_backing_link().
Signed-off-by: Jeff Cody <jcody@redhat.com>
Message-id: 0cd51e11c0666c04ddb7c05293fe94afeb551e89.1454376655.git.jcody@redhat.com
Reviewed-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
The added parameter can be used to return the BDS pointer which the
valid offset is referring to. Its value should be ignored unless
BDRV_BLOCK_OFFSET_VALID in ret is set.
Until block drivers fill in the right value, let's clear it explicitly
right before calling .bdrv_get_block_status.
The "bs->file" condition in bdrv_co_get_block_status is kept now to keep iotest
case 102 passing, and will be fixed once all drivers return the right file
pointer.
Signed-off-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1453780743-16806-2-git-send-email-famz@redhat.com
Reviewed-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
This adds a test for having multiple BlockBackends in one BDS tree. In
this case, there is one BB for the protocol BDS and one BB for the
format BDS in a simple two-BDS tree (with the protocol BDS and BB added
first).
When bdrv_close_all() is executed, no cached data from any BDS should be
lost; the protocol BDS may not be closed until the format BDS is closed.
Otherwise, metadata updates may be lost.
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
This patch rewrites bdrv_close_all(): Until now, all root BDSs have been
force-closed. This is bad because it can lead to cached data not being
flushed to disk.
Instead, try to make all reference holders relinquish their reference
voluntarily:
1. All BlockBackend users are handled by making all BBs simply eject
their BDS tree. Since a BDS can never be on top of a BB, this will
not cause any of the issues as seen with the force-closing of BDSs.
The references will be relinquished and any further access to the BB
will fail gracefully.
2. All BDSs which are owned by the monitor itself (because they do not
have a BB) are relinquished next.
3. Besides BBs and the monitor, block jobs and other BDSs are the only
things left that can hold a reference to BDSs. After every remaining
block job has been canceled, there should not be any BDSs left (and
the loop added here will always terminate (as long as NDEBUG is not
defined), because either all_bdrv_states will be empty or there will
not be any block job left to cancel, failing the assertion).
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
When bdrv_close_all() is called, instead of force-closing all root
BlockDriverStates, it is better to just drop the reference from all
BlockBackends and let them be closed automatically. This prevents BDS
from getting closed that are still referenced by other BDS, which may
result in loss of cached data.
This patch adds a function for doing that, but does not yet incorporate
it in bdrv_close_all().
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
As a side effect, we can now make x-blockdev-del's check whether a BDS
is actually owned by the monitor explicit.
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
We need this list so that bdrv_close_all() can keep track of which BDSs
are still open after having removed the BDSs from all of the BBs and
having released all monitor BDS references.
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
There are no users of bdrv_close() left, except for one of bdrv_open()'s
failure paths, bdrv_close_all() and bdrv_delete(), and that is good.
Make bdrv_close() static so nobody makes the mistake of directly using
bdrv_close() again.
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alberto Garcia <berto@igalia.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
The NBD code uses the BDS close notifier to determine when a medium is
ejected. However, now it should use the BB's BDS removal notifier for
that instead of the BDS's close notifier.
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Make use of the BDS-BB removal and insertion notifiers to remove or set
up, respectively, virtio-scsi's op blockers.
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Put the code for setting up and removing op blockers into an own
function, respectively. Then, we can invoke those functions whenever a
BDS is removed from an virtio-blk BB or inserted into it.
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
bdrv_close() no longer signifies ejection of a medium, this is now done
by removing the BDS from the BB. Therefore, we want to have a notifier
for that in the BB instead of a close notifier in the BDS. The former is
added now, the latter is removed later.
Symmetrically, another notifier list is added that is invoked whenever a
BDS is inserted. We will need that for virtio-blk and virtio-scsi, which
can then remove their op blockers on BDS ejection and set them up on
insertion.
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
This patch adds a test for ejecting the BlockBackend an NBD server is
connected to (the NBD server is supposed to stop).
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
bdrv_delete() is not very happy about deleting BlockDriverStates with
dirty bitmaps still attached to them. In the past, we got around that
very easily by relying on bdrv_close_all() bypassing bdrv_delete(), and
bdrv_close() simply ignoring that condition. We should fix that by
releasing all named dirty bitmaps in bdrv_close() (there should not be
any unnamed bitmaps left) and moving the assertion from bdrv_delete()
there.
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Trying to connect to a nonexistent NBD export should not crash the
server.
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Redirecting qemu's stderr to stdout makes working with the stderr output
difficult due to the other file descriptor magic performed in
_launch_qemu ("ambiguous redirect").
Add an option which specifies whether stderr should be redirected to
stdout or not (allowing for other modes to be added in the future).
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
This function should support URLs of the "nbd://" format (without
swallowing the export name), and for "nbd:///" URLs it should replace
"?socket=$TEST_DIR" by "?socket=TEST_DIR" because putting the Unix
socket files into the test directory makes sense.
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
The NBD log lines ("/your/source/dir/nbd/xyz.c:function():line: error")
should not be converted to empty lines but removed altogether.
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
_filter_nbd can be useful for other NBD tests, too, therefore it should
reside in common.filter.
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
In order to be able to move _filter_nbd to common.filter in the next
patch, its coding style needs to be adapted to that of common.filter.
That means, we have to convert tabs to four spaces, adjust the alignment
of the last line (done with spaces already, assuming one tab equals
eight spaces), fix the line length of the comment, and add a line break
before the opening brace.
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
In the patch after the next, this function is moved to common.filter.
Therefore, its name should be preceded by an underscore to signify its
global availability.
To keep the code motion patch clean, we cannot rename it in the same
patch, so we need to choose some order of renaming vs. motion. It is
better to keep a supposedly global function used by only a single test
in that test than to keep a supposedly local function in a common* file
and use it from a test, so we should rename the function before moving
it.
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Use client_close() if an error in nbd_co_client_start() occurs instead
of manually inlining parts of it. This fixes an assertion error on the
server side if nbd_negotiate() fails.
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Commit d62d9dc4b8 lifted streamOptimized images's version to 3, but we
now refuse to open version 3 images read-write. We need to make
streamOptimized an exception to allow converting to it. This fixes the
accidentally broken iotests case 059 for the same reason.
Signed-off-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
This reverts the changes that commit
2e1280e8ff applied to hw/block/fdc.c;
also, an additional case of drv->media_inserted use has crept in since,
which is replaced by a call to blk_is_inserted().
That commit changed tests/fdc-test.c, too, because after it, one less
TRAY_MOVED event would be emitted when executing 'change' on an empty
drive. However, now, no TRAY_MOVED events will be emitted at all, and
the tray_open status returned by query-block will always be false,
necessitating (different) changes to tests/fdc-test.c and iotest 118,
which is why this patch is not a pure revert of said commit.
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1454096953-31773-4-git-send-email-mreitz@redhat.com
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
'change' and related operations did not work when used on guest devices
featuring removable media but no actual tray, because
blk_dev_is_tray_open() always returned false for them and the
blockdev-{insert,remove}-medium commands required it to return true.
Fix this by making blockdev-{insert,remove}-medium work on tray-less
devices. Also, blockdev-{open,close}-tray are now explicitly no-ops when
invoked on such devices, and blk_dev_change_media_cb() is instead
called by blockdev-{insert,remove}-medium (for tray-less devices only).
Reported-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Cc: qemu-stable <qemu-stable@nongnu.org>
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alberto Garcia <berto@igalia.com>
Message-id: 1454096953-31773-3-git-send-email-mreitz@redhat.com
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Merge qcrypto-next 2016/2/2 v1
# gpg: Signature made Tue 02 Feb 2016 13:13:05 GMT using RSA key ID 15104FDF
# gpg: Good signature from "Daniel P. Berrange <dan@berrange.com>"
# gpg: aka "Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>"
* remotes/berrange/tags/pull-qcrypto-next-2016-02-02-1:
crypto: ensure qcrypto_hash_digest_len is always defined
crypto: register properties against the class instead of object
crypto: fix description of @errp parameter initialization
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
ui: gtk vc fix, adaptive sdl refresh.
# gpg: Signature made Tue 02 Feb 2016 13:06:07 GMT using RSA key ID D3E87138
# gpg: Good signature from "Gerd Hoffmann (work) <kraxel@redhat.com>"
# gpg: aka "Gerd Hoffmann <gerd@kraxel.org>"
# gpg: aka "Gerd Hoffmann (private) <kraxel@gmail.com>"
* remotes/kraxel/tags/pull-ui-20160202-1:
sdl: shorten the GUI refresh interval when mouse or keyboard is active
gtk: use qemu_chr_alloc() to allocate CharDriverState
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
audio: Clean up includes
# gpg: Signature made Tue 02 Feb 2016 12:58:06 GMT using RSA key ID D3E87138
# gpg: Good signature from "Gerd Hoffmann (work) <kraxel@redhat.com>"
# gpg: aka "Gerd Hoffmann <gerd@kraxel.org>"
# gpg: aka "Gerd Hoffmann (private) <kraxel@gmail.com>"
* remotes/kraxel/tags/pull-audio-20160202-1:
audio: Clean up includes
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
# gpg: Signature made Tue 02 Feb 2016 12:43:03 GMT using RSA key ID 75969CE5
# gpg: Good signature from "Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>"
# gpg: aka "Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@gmail.com>"
# gpg: WARNING: This key is not certified with sufficiently trusted signatures!
# gpg: It is not certain that the signature belongs to the owner.
# Primary key fingerprint: 87A9 BD93 3F87 C606 D276 F62D DAE8 E109 7596 9CE5
* remotes/elmarco/tags/ivshmem-pull-request:
char: remove qemu_chr_open_eventfd
ivshmem: use a single eventfd callback, get rid of CharDriver
ivshmem: generalize ivshmem_setup_interrupts
ivshmem-test: test both msi & irq cases
libqos: remove some leaks
ivshmem-test: leak fixes
ivshmem: remove redundant assignment, fix crash with msi=off
ivshmem: no need for opaque argument
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
After clearing the status register we also have to update the irq line
status. Otherwise a irq which happends to be pending at reset time
causes a interrupt storm. And the guest can't stop as the status
register doesn't indicate any pending interrupt.
Both NetBSD and FreeBSD hang on shutdown because of that.
Cc: qemu-stable@nongnu.org
Reported-by: Andrey Korolyov <andrey@xdel.ru>
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1453203884-4125-1-git-send-email-kraxel@redhat.com
The gd_vc_handler() callback is using g_malloc0() to
allocate the CharDriverState struct. As a result the
logfd field is getting initialized to 0, instead of
-1 when no logfile is requested.
The result is that when running
$ qemu-system-i386 -nodefaults -chardev vc,id=mon0 -mon chardev=mon0
qemu duplicates all monitor output to stdout as well
as the GTK window.
Not using qemu_chr_alloc() was already a bug, but harmless
until this commit
commit d0d7708ba2
Author: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Date: Mon Jan 11 12:44:41 2016 +0000
qemu-char: add logfile facility to all chardev backends
which exposed the problem as a behaviour regression
Reported-by: Hervé Poussineau <hpoussin@reactos.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Hervé Poussineau <hpoussin@reactos.org>
Message-id: 1453377386-10190-1-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
The qcrypto_hash_digest_len method was accidentally inside
a CONFIG_GNUTLS_HASH block, even though it doesn't depend
on gnutls. Re-arrange it to be unconditionally defined.
Reviewed-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Simplify the interrupt handling by having a single callback on irq&msi
cases. Remove usage of CharDriver, replace it with
qemu_set_fd_handler(). Use event_notifier_test_and_clear() to read the
eventfd.
Before this patch, ivshmem writes the first byte received to
s->intrstatus. But ivshmem_device_spec.txt says "The status register is
set to 1 when an interrupt occurs." Fortunately, the byte usually comes
from another ivshmem device, and those always write 1.
After this commit, follows the specification, set to 1 when an interrupt
occurs.
Signed-off-by: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Call ivshmem_setup_interrupts() with or without MSI, always allocate
msi_vectors that is going to be used in all case in the following patch.
Signed-off-by: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Recent commit 660c97ee introduced a regression in irq case, make
sure this code path is also tested.
Signed-off-by: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Add a cleanup_vm() function to free QPCIDevice & QPCIBus when cleaning
up the IVState.
Signed-off-by: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Background on QEMU boot indices
-------------------------------
Normally, the "bootindex" property is configured for bootable devices
with:
DEVICE_instance_init()
device_add_bootindex_property(..., "bootindex", ...)
object_property_add(..., device_get_bootindex,
device_set_bootindex, ...)
and when the bootindex is set on the QEMU command line, with
-device DEVICE,...,bootindex=N
the setter that was configured above is invoked:
device_set_bootindex()
/* parse boot index */
visit_type_int32()
/* verify unicity */
check_boot_index()
/* store parsed boot index */
...
/* insert device path to boot order */
add_boot_device_path()
In the last step, add_boot_device_path() ensures that an OpenFirmware
device path will show up in the "bootorder" fw_cfg file, at a position
corresponding to the device's boot index. Thus guest firmware (SeaBIOS and
OVMF) can try to boot off the device with the right priority.
NVMe boot index
---------------
In QEMU commit 33739c7129,
nvma: ide: add bootindex to qom property
the following generic setters / getters:
- device_set_bootindex()
- device_get_bootindex()
were open-coded for NVMe, under the names
- nvme_set_bootindex()
- nvme_get_bootindex()
Plus nvme_instance_init() was added to configure the "bootindex" property
manually, designating the open-coded getter & setter, rather than calling
device_add_bootindex_property().
Crucially, nvme_set_bootindex() avoided the final add_boot_device_path()
call. This fact is spelled out in the message of commit 33739c7129, and
it was presumably the entire reason for all of the code duplication.
Now, Vladislav filed an RFE for OVMF
<https://github.com/tianocore/edk2/issues/48>; OVMF should boot off NVMe
devices. It is simple to build edk2's existent NvmExpressDxe driver into
OVMF, but the boot order matching logic in OVMF can only handle NVMe if
the "bootorder" fw_cfg file includes such devices.
Therefore this patch converts the NVMe device model to
device_set_bootindex() all the way.
Device paths
------------
device_set_bootindex() accepts an optional parameter called "suffix". When
present, it is expected to take the form of an OpenFirmware device path
node, and it gets appended as last node to the otherwise auto-generated
OFW path.
For NVMe, the auto-generated part is
/pci@i0cf8/pci8086,5845@6[,1]
^ ^ ^ ^
| | PCI slot and (present when nonzero)
| | function of the NVMe controller, both hex
| "driver name" component, built from PCI vendor & device IDs
PCI root at system bus port, PIO
to which here we append the suffix
/namespace@1,0
^ ^
| big endian (MSB at lowest address) numeric interpretation
| of the 64-bit IEEE Extended Unique Identifier, aka EUI-64,
| hex
32-bit NVMe namespace identifier, aka NSID, hex
resulting in the OFW device path
/pci@i0cf8/pci8086,5845@6[,1]/namespace@1,0
The reason for including the NSID and the EUI-64 is that an NVMe device
can in theory produce several different namespaces (distinguished by
NSID). Additionally, each of those may (optionally) have an EUI-64 value.
For now, QEMU only provides namespace 1.
Furthermore, QEMU doesn't even represent the EUI-64 as a standalone field;
it is embedded (and left unused) inside the "NvmeIdNs.res30" array, at the
last eight bytes. (Which is fine, since EUI-64 can be left zero-filled if
unsupported by the device.)
Based on the above, we set the "unit address" part of the last
("namespace") node to fixed "1,0".
OVMF will then map the above OFW device path to the following UEFI device
path fragment, for boot order processing:
PciRoot(0x0)/Pci(0x6,0x1)/NVMe(0x1,00-00-00-00-00-00-00-00)
^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^
| | | | | octets of the EUI-64 in address order
| | | | NSID
| | | NVMe namespace messaging device path node
| PCI slot and function
PCI root bridge
Cc: Keith Busch <keith.busch@intel.com> (supporter:nvme)
Cc: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com> (supporter:Block layer core)
Cc: qemu-block@nongnu.org (open list:nvme)
Cc: Gonglei <arei.gonglei@huawei.com>
Cc: Vladislav Vovchenko <vladislav.vovchenko@sk.com>
Cc: Feng Tian <feng.tian@intel.com>
Cc: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Cc: Kevin O'Connor <kevin@koconnor.net>
Signed-off-by: Laszlo Ersek <lersek@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Gonglei <arei.gonglei@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Keith Busch <keith.busch@intel.com>
Tested-by: Vladislav Vovchenko <vladislav.vovchenko@sk.com>
Message-id: 1453850483-27511-1-git-send-email-lersek@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
ppc patch queue for 2016-02-01
Currently accumulated patches for target-ppc, pseries machine type and
related devices.
* Cleanup of error handling code in spapr
* A number of fixes for Macintosh devices for the benefit of MacOS 9 and X
* Remove some abuses of the RTAS memory access functions in spapr
* Fixes for the gdbstub (and monitor debug) for VMX and VSX extensions.
* Fix pseries machine hotplug memory under TCG
* Clean up and extend handling of multiple page sizes with 64-bit hash MMUs
* Fix to the TCG implementation of mcrfs
# gpg: Signature made Mon 01 Feb 2016 02:28:34 GMT using RSA key ID 20D9B392
# gpg: Good signature from "David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>"
# gpg: aka "David Gibson (Red Hat) <dgibson@redhat.com>"
# gpg: aka "David Gibson (ozlabs.org) <dgibson@ozlabs.org>"
# gpg: WARNING: This key is not certified with sufficiently trusted signatures!
# gpg: It is not certain that the signature belongs to the owner.
# Primary key fingerprint: 75F4 6586 AE61 A66C C44E 87DC 6C38 CACA 20D9 B392
* remotes/dgibson/tags/ppc-for-2.6-20160201: (40 commits)
target-ppc: mcrfs should always update FEX/VX and only clear exception bits
target-ppc: Make every FPSCR_ macro have a corresponding FP_ macro
target-ppc: Allow more page sizes for POWER7 & POWER8 in TCG
target-ppc: Helper to determine page size information from hpte alone
target-ppc: Add new TLB invalidate by HPTE call for hash64 MMUs
target-ppc: Split 44x tlbiva from ppc_tlb_invalidate_one()
target-ppc: Remove unused mmu models from ppc_tlb_invalidate_one
target-ppc: Use actual page size encodings from HPTE
target-ppc: Rework SLB page size lookup
target-ppc: Rework ppc_store_slb
target-ppc: Convert mmu-hash{32,64}.[ch] from CPUPPCState to PowerPCCPU
target-ppc: Remove unused kvmppc_read_segment_page_sizes() stub
uninorth.c: add support for UniNorth kMacRISCPCIAddressSelect (0x48) register
cuda.c: return error for unknown commands
pseries: Allow TCG h_enter to work with hotplugged memory
target-ppc: gdbstub: Add VSX support
target-ppc: gdbstub: fix spe registers for little-endian guests
target-ppc: gdbstub: fix altivec registers for little-endian guests
target-ppc: gdbstub: introduce avr_need_swap()
target-ppc: gdbstub: fix float registers for little-endian guests
...
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
This converts the tlscredsx509, tlscredsanon and secret objects
to register their properties against the class rather than object.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Here is the description of the mcrfs instruction from the PowerPC Architecture
Book, Version 2.02, Book I: PowerPC User Instruction Set Architecture
(http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/systems/library/es-archguide-v2.html), found
on page 120:
The contents of FPSCR field BFA are copied to Condition Register field BF.
All exception bits copied are set to 0 in the FPSCR. If the FX bit is
copied, it is set to 0 in the FPSCR.
Special Registers Altered:
CR field BF
FX OX (if BFA=0)
UX ZX XX VXSNAN (if BFA=1)
VXISI VXIDI VXZDZ VXIMZ (if BFA=2)
VXVC (if BFA=3)
VXSOFT VXSQRT VXCVI (if BFA=5)
However, currently every bit in FPSCR field BFA is set to 0, including ones not
on that list.
This can be seen in the following simple C program:
#include <fenv.h>
#include <stdio.h>
int main(int argc, char **argv) {
int ret;
ret = fegetround();
printf("Current rounding: %d\n", ret);
ret = fesetround(FE_UPWARD);
printf("Setting to FE_UPWARD (%d): %d\n", FE_UPWARD, ret);
ret = fegetround();
printf("Current rounding: %d\n", ret);
ret = fegetround();
printf("Current rounding: %d\n", ret);
return 0;
}
which gave the output (before this commit):
Current rounding: 0
Setting to FE_UPWARD (2): 0
Current rounding: 2
Current rounding: 0
instead of (after this commit):
Current rounding: 0
Setting to FE_UPWARD (2): 0
Current rounding: 2
Current rounding: 2
The relevant disassembly is in fegetround(), which, on my system, is:
__GI___fegetround:
<+0>: mcrfs cr7, cr7
<+4>: mfcr r3
<+8>: clrldi r3, r3, 62
<+12>: blr
What happens is that, the first time fegetround() is called, FPSCR field 7 is
retrieved. However, because of the bug in mcrfs, the entirety of field 7 is set
to 0, which includes the rounding mode.
There are other issues this will fix, such as condition flags not persisting
when they should if read, and if you were to read a specific field with some
exception bits set, but no others were set in the entire register, then the
bits would be cleared correctly, but FEX/VX would not be updated to 0 as they
should be.
Signed-off-by: James Clarke <jrtc27@jrtc27.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Now that the TCG and spapr code has been extended to allow (semi-)
arbitrary page encodings in the CPU's 'sps' table, we can add the many
page sizes supported by real POWER7 and POWER8 hardware that we previously
didn't support in TCG.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Acked-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
h_enter() in the spapr code needs to know the page size of the HPTE it's
about to insert. Unlike other paths that do this, it doesn't have access
to the SLB, so at the moment it determines this with some open-coded
tests which assume POWER7 or POWER8 page size encodings.
To make this more flexible add ppc_hash64_hpte_page_shift_noslb() to
determine both the "base" page size per segment, and the individual
effective page size from an HPTE alone.
This means that the spapr code should now be able to handle any page size
listed in the env->sps table.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Acked-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
When HPTEs are removed or modified by hypercalls on spapr, we need to
invalidate the relevant pages in the qemu TLB.
Currently we do that by doing some complicated calculations to work out the
right encoding for the tlbie instruction, then passing that to
ppc_tlb_invalidate_one()... which totally ignores the argument and flushes
the whole tlb.
Avoid that by adding a new flush-by-hpte helper in mmu-hash64.c.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Acked-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Currently both the tlbiva instruction (used on 44x chips) and the tlbie
instruction (used on hash MMU chips) are both handled via
ppc_tlb_invalidate_one(). This is silly, because they're invoked from
different places, and do different things.
Clean this up by separating out the tlbiva instruction into its own
handling. In fact the implementation is only a stub anyway.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
ppc_tlb_invalidate_one() has a big switch handling many different MMU
types. However, most of those branches can never be reached:
It is called from 3 places: from remove_hpte() and h_protect() in
spapr_hcall.c (which always has a 64-bit hash MMU type), and from
helper_tlbie() in mmu_helper.c.
Calls to helper_tlbie() are generated from gen_tlbiel, gen_tlbiel and
gen_tlbiva. The first two are only used with the PPC_MEM_TLBIE flag,
set only with 32-bit or 64-bit hash MMU models, and gen_tlbiva() is
used only on 440 and 460 models with the BookE mmu model.
These means the exhaustive list of MMU types which may call
ppc_tlb_invalidate_one() is: POWERPC_MMU_SOFT_6xx, POWERPC_MMU_601,
POWERPC_MMU_32B, POWERPC_MMU_SOFT_74xx, POWERPC_MMU_64B, POWERPC_MMU_2_03,
POWERPC_MMU_2_06, POWERPC_MMU_2_07 and POWERPC_MMU_BOOKE.
Clean up by removing logic for all other MMU types from
ppc_tlb_invalidate_one().
This means that ppc4xx_tlb_invalidate_virt() now has no callers, or rather,
makes it obvious that it has no callers. So, we remove that function as
well.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
At present the 64-bit hash MMU code uses information from the SLB to
determine the page size of a translation. We do need that information to
correctly look up the hash table. However the MMU also allows a
possibly larger page size to be encoded into the HPTE itself, which is used
to populate the TLB. At present qemu doesn't check that, and so doesn't
support the MPSS "Multiple Page Size per Segment" feature.
This makes a start on allowing this, by adding an hpte_page_shift()
function which looks up the page size of an HPTE. We use this to validate
page sizes encodings on faults, and populate the qemu TLB with larger
page sizes when appropriate.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Acked-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Currently, the ppc_hash64_page_shift() function looks up a page size based
on information in an SLB entry. It open codes the bit translation for
existing CPUs, however different CPU models can have different SLB
encodings. We already store those in the 'sps' table in CPUPPCState, but
we don't currently enforce that that actually matches the logic in
ppc_hash64_page_shift.
This patch reworks lookup of page size from SLB in several ways:
* ppc_store_slb() will now fail (triggering an illegal instruction
exception) if given a bad SLB page size encoding
* On success ppc_store_slb() stores a pointer to the relevant entry in
the page size table in the SLB entry. This is looked up directly from
the published table of page size encodings, so can't get out ot sync.
* ppc_hash64_htab_lookup() and others now use this precached page size
information rather than decoding the SLB values
* Now that callers have easy access to the page_shift,
ppc_hash64_pte_raddr() amounts to just a deposit64(), so remove it and
have the callers use deposit64() directly.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Acked-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
ppc_store_slb updates the SLB for PPC cpus with 64-bit hash MMUs.
Currently it takes two parameters, which contain values encoded as the
register arguments to the slbmte instruction, one register contains the
ESID portion of the SLBE and also the slot number, the other contains the
VSID portion of the SLBE.
We're shortly going to want to do some SLB updates from other code where
it is more convenient to supply the slot number and ESID separately, so
rework this function and its callers to work this way.
As a bonus, this slightly simplifies the emulation of segment registers for
when running a 32-bit OS on a 64-bit CPU.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Like a lot of places these files include a mixture of functions taking
both the older CPUPPCState *env and newer PowerPCCPU *cpu. Move a step
closer to cleaning this up by standardizing on PowerPCCPU, except for the
helper_* functions which are called with the CPUPPCState * from tcg.
Callers and some related functions are updated as well, the boundaries of
what's changed here are a bit arbitrary.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
This stub function is in the !KVM ifdef in target-ppc/kvm_ppc.h. However
no such function exists on the KVM side, or is ever used.
I think this originally referenced a function which read host page size
information from /proc, for we we now use the KVM GET_SMMU_INFO extension
instead.
In any case, it has no function now, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Darwin/OS X use the undocumented kMacRISCPCIAddressSelect (0x48) to
configure PCI memory space size for mac99 machines. Without this
register, warnings similar to below are emitted to the console during boot:
AppleMacRiscPCI: bad range 2(80000000:01000000)
AppleMacRiscPCI: bad range 2(81000000:00001000)
AppleMacRiscPCI: bad range 2(81080000:00080000)
Based upon the algorithm in Darwin's AppleMacRiscPCI.cpp driver, set the
kMacRISCPCIAddressSelect register so that Darwin considers the PCI
memory space to be at 0x80000000 (size 0x10000000) which matches that
currently used by QEMU and OpenBIOS.
Signed-off-by: John Arbuckle <programmingkidx@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
[commit message and comment revised as suggested by Mark Cave-Ayland]
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
This avoids MacsBug hanging at startup in the absence of ADB mouse
input, by replying with an error (which is also what MOL does) when
it sends an unknown command (0x1c).
Signed-off-by: Alyssa Milburn <fuzzie@fuzzie.org>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
The implementation of the H_ENTER hypercall for PAPR guests needs to
enforce correct access attributes on the inserted HPTE. This means
determining if the HPTE's real address is a regular RAM address (which
requires attributes for coherent access) or an IO address (which requires
attributes for cache-inhibited access).
At the moment this check is implemented with (raddr < machine->ram_size),
but that only handles addresses in the base RAM area, not any hotplugged
RAM.
This patch corrects the problem with a new helper.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Alexey Kardashevskiy <aik@ozlabs.ru>
Let's reuse the ppc_maybe_bswap_register() helper, like we already do
with the general registers.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Altivec registers are 128-bit wide. They are stored in memory as two
64-bit values that must be byteswapped when the guest is little-endian.
Let's reuse the ppc_maybe_bswap_register() helper for this.
We also need to fix the ordering of the 64-bit elements according to
the target endianness, for both system and user mode.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
This helper will be used to support Altivec registers in little-endian guests.
This patch does not change functionnality.
Note: I had to put the helper some lines away from the gdb_*_avr_reg()
routines to get a more readable patch.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Let's reuse the ppc_maybe_bswap_register() helper, like we already do
with the general registers.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
This helper will be used to support FP, Altivec and VSX registers when
the guest is little-endian.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
On VSX capable CPUs, the 32 FP registers are mapped to the high-bits
of the 32 first VSX registers. So if you have:
VSR31 = (uint128) 0x0102030405060708090a0b0c0d0e0f00
then
FPR31 = (uint64) 0x0102030405060708
The kernel stores the VSX registers in the fp_state struct following the
host endian element ordering.
On big-endian:
fp_state.fpr[31][0] = 0x0102030405060708
fp_state.fpr[31][1] = 0x090a0b0c0d0e0f00
On little-endian:
fp_state.fpr[31][0] = 0x090a0b0c0d0e0f00
fp_state.fpr[31][1] = 0x0102030405060708
The KVM_GET_ONE_REG and KVM_SET_ONE_REG ioctls preserve this ordering, but
QEMU considers it as big-endian and always copies element [0] to the
fpr[] array and element [1] to the vsr[] array. This does not work with
little-endian hosts, and you will get:
(qemu) p $f31
0x90a0b0c0d0e0f00
instead of:
(qemu) p $f31
0x102030405060708
This patch fixes the element ordering for little-endian hosts.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
The functions for migrating the hash page table on pseries machine type
(htab_save_setup() and htab_load()) can report some errors with an
explicit fprintf() before returning an appropriate error code. Change some
of these to use error_report() instead. htab_save_setup() is omitted for
now to avoid conflicts with some other in-progress work.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexey Kardashevskiy <aik@ozlabs.ru>
Reviewed-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
This function includes a number of explicit fprintf()s for errors.
Change these to use error_report() instead.
Also replace the single exit(EXIT_FAILURE) with an explicit exit(1), since
the latter is the more usual idiom in qemu by a large margin.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Alexey Kardashevskiy <aik@ozlabs.ru>
Reviewed-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Use the error handling infrastructure to pass an error out from
try_create_xics() instead of assuming &error_abort - the caller is in a
better position to decide on error handling policy.
Also change the error handling from an &error_abort to &error_fatal, since
this occurs during the initial machine construction and could be triggered
by bad configuration rather than a program error.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexey Kardashevskiy <aik@ozlabs.ru>
Reviewed-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
The errors detected in this function necessarily indicate bugs in the rest
of the qemu code, rather than an external or configuration problem.
So, a simple assert() is more appropriate than any more complex error
reporting.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexey Kardashevskiy <aik@ozlabs.ru>
Reviewed-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Use error_setg() to return an error rather than an explicit exit().
Previously it was an exit(0) instead of a non-zero exit code, which was
simply a bug. Also improve the error message.
While we're at it change the type of spapr_vga_init() to bool since that's
how we're using it anyway.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexey Kardashevskiy <aik@ozlabs.ru>
Reviewed-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Use error_setg() and return an error, rather than using an explicit exit().
Also improve messages, and be more explicit about which constraint failed.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Bharata B Rao <bharata@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexey Kardashevskiy <aik@ozlabs.ru>
Reviewed-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Currently spapr_cpu_init() is hardcoded to handle any errors as fatal.
That works for now, since it's only called from initial setup where an
error here means we really can't proceed.
However, we'll want to handle this more flexibly for cpu hotplug in future
so generalize this using the error reporting infrastructure. While we're
at it make a small cleanup in a related part of ppc_spapr_init() to use
error_report() instead of an old-style explicit fprintf().
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Bharata B Rao <bharata@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexey Kardashevskiy <aik@ozlabs.ru>
Reviewed-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Current ppc_set_compat() returns -1 for errors, and also (unconditionally)
reports an error message. The caller in h_client_architecture_support()
may then report it again using an outdated fprintf().
Clean this up by using the modern error reporting mechanisms. Also add
strerror(errno) to the error message.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexey Kardashevskiy <aik@ozlabs.ru>
Reviewed-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
If guest doesn't have any dynamically reconfigurable (DR) logical memory
blocks (LMB), then we shouldn't create ibm,dynamic-reconfiguration-memory
device tree node.
Signed-off-by: Bharata B Rao <bharata@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
h_client_architecture_support() uses rtas_ld() for general purpose memory
access, despite the fact that it's not an RTAS routine at all and rtas_ld
makes things more awkward.
Clean this up by replacing rtas_ld() calls with appropriate ldXX_phys()
calls.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Alexey Kardashevskiy <aik@ozlabs.ru>
rtas_st_buffer_direct() is a not particularly useful wrapper around
cpu_physical_memory_write(). All the callers are in
rtas_ibm_configure_connector, where it's better handled by local helper.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Alexey Kardashevskiy <aik@ozlabs.ru>
rtas_st_buffer() appears in spapr.h as though it were a widely used helper,
but in fact it is only used for saving data in a format used by
rtas_ibm_get_system_parameter(). This changes it to a local helper more
specifically for that function.
While we're there fix a couple of small defects in
rtas_ibm_get_system_parameter:
- For the string value SPLPAR_CHARACTERISTICS, it wasn't including the
terminating \0 in the length which it should according to LoPAPR
7.3.16.1
- It now checks that the supplied buffer has at least enough space for
the length of the returned data, and returns an error if it does not.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Alexey Kardashevskiy <aik@ozlabs.ru>
Include some fields missed from the previous VMState conversion to the
migration stream, as well as the new SR_INT delay timer.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Currently the aiocb is held within MACIOIDEState, however the IDE core code
assumes that the current actvie DMA aiocb is held in aiocb in a few places,
e.g. ide_bus_reset() and ide_reset().
Switch over to using IDEDMA aiocb to store the aiocb for the current active
DMA request so that bus resets and restarts are handled correctly. As a
consequence we can now use ide_set_inactive() rather than handling its
functionality ourselves.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
We never released anything older than POWER8 DD2.0 and POWER8E DD2.1,
so let's use these versions, without that some firmware or Linux code
might fail to use some HW features that were non functional in earlier
internal only spins of the chip.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Mostly bugfixes and small improvements; and the gdb target.xml
patch.
# gpg: Signature made Thu 28 Jan 2016 11:02:14 GMT using RSA key ID C6F02FAF
# gpg: Good signature from "Cornelia Huck <huckc@linux.vnet.ibm.com>"
# gpg: aka "Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>"
* remotes/cohuck/tags/s390x-20160128:
s390x: s390_cpu_get_phys_page_debug has to return -1
gdb: provide the name of the architecture in the target.xml
s390x/css: fix control flags during csch
watchdog/diag288: don't reset for action=none|debug|pause
watchdog: introduction of get_watchdog_action
s390x: fix generation of event information crw
s390x/ioinst: set type and len for SEI response
s390x/sclp: add device to the sysbus in sclp_realize
s390x/machine: make addon register fields static
s390x/skeys: Fix instance and class size
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Don't define TRUE and FALSE locally or manually include stdio.h;
instead use osdep.h which provides them.
This is a necessary prerequisite for moving to "everywhere includes
osdep.h", because otherwise there is a compile error due to the
redefinition of TRUE and FALSE.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Message-id: 1453831531-667-2-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
If translation fails, we have to return -1. For now, we
would simply return the value last stored to raddr (if any).
This way, reading invalid memory via gdb will return values, although it
shouldn't.
Reviewed-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David Hildenbrand <dahi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
This patch provides the name of the architecture in the target.xml
if available.
This allows the remote gdb to detect the target architecture on its
own - so there is no need to specify it manually (e.g. if gdb is
started without a binary) using "set arch *arch_name*".
The name of the architecture is provided by a callback that can
be implemented by all architectures. The arm implementation has
special handling for iwmmxt and returns arm otherwise. This can
be extended if necessary.
Signed-off-by: David Hildenbrand <dahi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
[rework to use a callback]
Message-Id: <1449144881-130935-1-git-send-email-borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
From the beginning, css support contained an error in csch handling:
instead of setting the clear bit in the function control bits twice, we
need to set the clear pending bit in the activity control bits. Let's
fix this.
Cc: qemu-stable@nongnu.org
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Halil Pasic <pasic@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
If the watchdog expires and the guest is not notified (NONE, DEBUG, PAUSE),
we must not reset the watchdog device, otherwise watchdog_ping() and
watchdog_stop() will fail when triggered by the guest. This reset behavior
matches to the z/VM behavior when a custom command is to be executed
on expiry.
Reviewed-by: David Hildenbrand <dahi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Bo Tu <tubo@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Only one channel report word (crw) may be pending if there is
event-information pending.
This patch introduces a bool-type field 'sei_pending' for the
channel subsystem, which indicates whether there are pending events.
It is set when event information is made pending and the crw
generated, and cleared after the guest has collected all pending
event information. A crw is not generated if this flag had already
been set.
Signed-off-by: Song Shan Gong <gongss@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
The init of a device should have no side effects. Therefore move
registering of the event facility into the realize function, so
multiple instances of the SCLP device can be created e.g. for
introspection.
Add some more detail as to why we have to add it to the sysbus
at all.
Suggested-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David Hildenbrand <dahi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Xen 2016/01/26 with Signed-off-by lines.
# gpg: Signature made Tue 26 Jan 2016 17:20:12 GMT using RSA key ID 70E1AE90
# gpg: Good signature from "Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>"
* remotes/sstabellini/tags/xen-20160126-2:
xen: make it possible to build without the Xen PV domain builder
xen: domainbuild: reopen libxenctrl interface after forking for domain watcher.
xen: Use stable library interfaces when they are available.
xen: Switch uses of xc_map_foreign_{pages,bulk} to use libxenforeignmemory API.
xen: Switch uses of xc_map_foreign_range into xc_map_foreign_pages
xen: Switch to libxengnttab interface for compat shims.
xen: Switch to libxenevtchn interface for compat shims.
xen_console: correctly cleanup primary console on teardown.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Until the previous patch this relied on xc_fd(), which was only
implemented for Xen 4.0 and earlier.
Given this wasn't working since Xen 4.0 I have marked this as disabled
by default.
Removing this support drops the use of a bunch of symbols from
libxenctrl, specifically:
- xc_domain_create
- xc_domain_destroy
- xc_domain_getinfo
- xc_domain_max_vcpus
- xc_domain_setmaxmem
- xc_domain_unpause
- xc_evtchn_alloc_unbound
- xc_linux_build
This is another step towards only using Xen libraries which provide a
stable inteface.
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
Using an existing libxenctrl handle after a fork was never
particularly safe (especially if foreign mappings existed at the time
of the fork) and the xc fd has been unavailable for many releases.
Reopen the handle after fork and therefore do away with xc_fd().
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
In Xen 4.7 we are refactoring parts libxenctrl into a number of
separate libraries which will provide backward and forward API and ABI
compatiblity.
Specifically libxenevtchn, libxengnttab and libxenforeignmemory.
Previous patches have already laid the groundwork for using these by
switching the existing compatibility shims to reflect the intefaces to
these libraries.
So all which remains is to update configure to detect the libraries
and enable their use. Although they are notionally independent we take
an all or nothing approach to the three libraries since they were
added at the same time.
The only non-obvious bit is that we now open a proper xenforeignmemory
handle for xen_fmem instead of reusing the xen_xc handle.
Build tested with 4.0 .. 4.6 (inclusive) and the patches targetting
4.7 which adds these libraries.
This uses CONFIG_XEN_CTRL_INTERFACE_VERSION == 471 to cover the
introduction of these new interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
In Xen 4.7 we are refactoring parts libxenctrl into a number of
separate libraries which will provide backward and forward API and ABI
compatiblity.
One such library will be libxenforeignmemory which provides access to
privileged foreign mappings and which will provide an interface
equivalent to xc_map_foreign_{pages,bulk}.
The new xenforeignmemory_map() function behaves like
xc_map_foreign_pages() when the err argument is NULL and like
xc_map_foreign_bulk() when err is non-NULL, which maps into the shim
here onto checking err == NULL and calling the appropriate old
function.
Note that xenforeignmemory_map() takes the number of pages before the
arrays themselves, in order to support potentially future use of
variable-length-arrays in the prototype (in the future, when Xen's
baseline toolchain requirements are new enough to ensure VLAs are
supported).
In preparation for adding support for libxenforeignmemory add support
to the <=4.0 and <=4.6 compat code in xen_common.h to allow us to
switch to using the new API. These shims will disappear for versions
of Xen which include libxenforeignmemory.
Since libxenforeignmemory will have its own handle type but for <= 4.6
the functionality is provided by using a libxenctrl handle we
introduce a new global xen_fmem alongside the existing xen_xc. In fact
we make xen_fmem a pointer to the existing xen_xc, which then works
correctly with both <=4.0 (xc handle is an int) and <=4.6 (xc handle
is a pointer). In the latter case xen_fmem is actually a double
indirect pointer, but it all falls out in the wash.
Unlike libxenctrl libxenforeignmemory has an explicit unmap function,
rather than just specifying that munmap should be used, so the unmap
paths are updated to use xenforeignmemory_unmap, which is a shim for
munmap on these versions of xen. The mappings in xen-hvm.c do not
appear to be unmapped (which makes sense for a qemu-dm process)
In fb_disconnect this results in a change from simply mmap over the
existing mapping (with an implicit munmap) to expliclty unmapping with
xenforeignmemory_unmap and then mapping the required anonymous memory
in the same hole. I don't think this is a problem since any other
thread which was racily touching this region would already be running
the risk of hitting the mapping halfway through the call. If this is
thought to be a problem then we could consider adding an extra API to
the libxenforeignmemory interface to replace a foreign mapping with
anonymous shared memory, but I'd prefer not to.
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
In Xen 4.7 we are refactoring parts libxenctrl into a number of
separate libraries which will provide backward and forward API and ABI
compatiblity.
One such library will be libxenforeignmemory which provides access to
privileged foreign mappings and which will provide an interface
equivalent to xc_map_foreign_{pages,bulk}.
In preparation for this switch all uses of xc_map_foreign_range to
xc_map_foreign_pages. This is trivial because size was always
XC_PAGE_SIZE so the necessary adjustments are trivial:
* Pass &mfn (an array of length 1) instead of mfn. The function
takes a pointer to const, so there is no possibily of mfn changing
due to this change.
* Pass nr_pages=1 instead of size=XC_PAGE_SIZE
There is one wrinkle in xen_console.c:con_initialise() where
con->ring_ref is an int but can in some code paths (when !xendev->dev)
be treated as an mfn. I think this is an existing latent truncation
hazard on platforms where xen_pfn_t is 64-bit and int is 32-bit (e.g.
amd64, both arm* variants). I'm unsure under what circumstances
xendev->dev can be NULL or if anything elsewhere ensures the value
fits into an int. For now I just use a temporary xen_pfn_t to in
effect upcast the pointer from int* to xen_pfn_t*.
In xenfb.c:common_bind we now explicitly launder the mfn into a
xen_pfn_t, so it has the correct type to be passed to
xc_map_foreign_pages and doesn't provoke warnings on 32-bit x86.
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
In Xen 4.7 we are refactoring parts libxenctrl into a number of
separate libraries which will provide backward and forward API and ABI
compatiblity.
One such library will be libxengnttab which provides access to grant
tables.
In preparation for this switch the compatibility layer in xen_common.h
(which support building with older versions of Xen) to use what will
be the new library API. This means that the gnttab shim will disappear
for versions of Xen which include libxengnttab.
To simplify things for the <= 4.0.0 support we wrap the int fd in a
malloc(sizeof int) such that the handle is always a pointer. This
leads to less typedef headaches and the need for
XC_HANDLER_INITIAL_VALUE etc for these interfaces.
Note that this patch does not add any support for actually using
libxengnttab, it just adjusts the existing shims.
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
In Xen 4.7 we are refactoring parts libxenctrl into a number of
separate libraries which will provide backward and forward API and ABI
compatiblity.
One such library will be libxenevtchn which provides access to event
channels.
In preparation for this switch the compatibility layer in xen_common.h
(which support building with older versions of Xen) to use what will
be the new library API. This means that the evtchn shim will disappear
for versions of Xen which include libxenevtchn.
To simplify things for the <= 4.0.0 support we wrap the int fd in a
malloc(sizeof int) such that the handle is always a pointer. This
leads to less typedef headaches and the need for
XC_HANDLER_INITIAL_VALUE etc for these interfaces.
Note that this patch does not add any support for actually using
libxenevtchn, it just adjusts the existing shims.
Note that xc_evtchn_alloc_unbound functionality remains in libxenctrl,
since that functionality is not exposed by /dev/xen/evtchn.
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
All of the work in con_disconnect applies to the primary console case
(when xendev->dev is NULL). Therefore remove the early check and bail
and allow it to fall through. All of the existing code is correctly
conditional already.
The ->dev and ->gnttabdev handles are either both set or neither. For
consistency with con_initialise() with to the former here too.
With this con_initialise and con_disconnect now mirror each other.
Fix up a hard tab in the function while editing.
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
* chardev support for TLS and leak fix
* NBD fix from Denis
* condvar fix from Dave
* kvm_stat and dump-guest-memory almost rewrite
* mem-prealloc fix from Luiz
* manpage style improvement
# gpg: Signature made Tue 26 Jan 2016 14:58:18 GMT using RSA key ID 78C7AE83
# gpg: Good signature from "Paolo Bonzini <bonzini@gnu.org>"
# gpg: aka "Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>"
* remotes/bonzini/tags/for-upstream: (49 commits)
scripts/dump-guest-memory.py: Fix module docstring
scripts/dump-guest-memory.py: Introduce multi-arch support
scripts/dump-guest-memory.py: Cleanup functions
scripts/dump-guest-memory.py: Improve python 3 compatibility
scripts/dump-guest-memory.py: Make methods functions
scripts/dump-guest-memory.py: Move constants to the top
nbd: add missed aio_context_acquire in nbd_export_new
memory: exit when hugepage allocation fails if mem-prealloc
cpus: use broadcast on qemu_pause_cond
scripts/kvm/kvm_stat: Add optparse description
scripts/kvm/kvm_stat: Add interactive filtering
scripts/kvm/kvm_stat: Fixup filtering
scripts/kvm/kvm_stat: Fix rlimit for unprivileged users
scripts/kvm/kvm_stat: Read event values as u64
scripts/kvm/kvm_stat: Cleanup and pre-init perf_event_attr
scripts/kvm/kvm_stat: Fix output formatting
scripts/kvm/kvm_stat: Make tui function a class
scripts/kvm/kvm_stat: Remove unneeded X86_EXIT_REASONS
scripts/kvm/kvm_stat: Group arch specific data
scripts/kvm/kvm_stat: Cleanup of Event class
...
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
This commit does not make the script python 3 compatible, it is a
preparation that fixes the easy and common incompatibilities.
Print is a function in python 3 and therefore needs braces around its
arguments.
Range does not cast a gdb.Value object to int in python 3, we have to
do it ourselves.
Reviewed-by: Laszlo Ersek <lersek@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Janosch Frank <frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <1453464520-3882-4-git-send-email-frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
When -mem-prealloc is passed on the command-line, the expected
behavior is to exit if the hugepage allocation fails. However,
this behavior is broken since commit cc57501dee which made
hugepage allocation fall back to regular ram in case of faliure.
This commit restores the expected behavior for -mem-prealloc.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Capitulino <lcapitulino@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20160122091501.75bbd42a@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Jiri saw a hang on pause_all_vcpus called from postcopy_start,
where the cpus are all apparently stopped ('stopped' flag set)
but pause_all_vcpus is still stuck on a cond_wait on qemu_paused_cond.
We suspect this is happening if a qmp_stop is called at about the
same time as the postcopy code calls that pause_all_vcpus;
although they both should have the main lock held, Paolo spotted
the cond_wait unlocks the global lock so perhaps they both
could end up waiting at the same time?
Signed-off-by: Dr. David Alan Gilbert <dgilbert@redhat.com>
Reported-by: Jiri Denemark <jdenemar@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1453716498-27238-1-git-send-email-dgilbert@redhat.com>
Cc: qemu-stable@nongnu.org
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
When filtering, the group leader event should not be disabled, as all
other events under it will also be disabled. Also we should make sure
that values from disabled fields will not be displayed.
This also filters the fields from the log and batch output for better
readability.
Also the drilldown update now directly checks for the stats' field
filter and (un)sets drilldown accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Janosch Frank <frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <1452525484-32309-33-git-send-email-frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Setting the hard limit as a unprivileged user either returns an error
when it is higher than the current one or irreversibly sets it lower.
Therefore we leave the hardlimit untouched as long as we don't need to
raise it as this needs CAP_SYS_RESOURCE.
This gives admins the possibility to run the script as an unprivileged
user to increase security.
Signed-off-by: Janosch Frank <frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <1452525484-32309-32-git-send-email-frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
The struct read_format, which denotes the returned values on a read
states that the values are u64 and not long long which is used for
struct unpacking.
Therefore the 'q' long long formatter was exchanged with 'Q' which is
the format for u64 data.
Signed-off-by: Janosch Frank <frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <1452525484-32309-31-git-send-email-frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
All initializations of the ctypes struct that don't need additional
information were moved to its init method. The unneeded
initializations for sample_type and sample_period were removed as they
do not affect the counters that are read.
This improves readability of the setup_event_attribute by halfing its
LOC.
Signed-off-by: Janosch Frank <frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <1452525484-32309-30-git-send-email-frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
The key names in log mode were capped to 10 characters which is not
enough for distinguishing between keys. Capping was therefore removed.
In batch mode the spacing between keys and values was too narrow and
therefore had to be extended to 42.
Signed-off-by: Janosch Frank <frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <1452525484-32309-29-git-send-email-frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
The tui function itself had a few sub-functions and therefore
basically already was class-like. Making it an actual one with proper
methods improved readability.
The curses wrapper was dropped in favour of __entry/exit__ methods
that implement the same behaviour.
Also renamed single character variable name, so the name reflects the
content.
Signed-off-by: Janosch Frank <frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <1452525484-32309-28-git-send-email-frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Introduced separating newlines for readability and removed special
treatment/variable of the group leader. Renamed fmt to read_format.
The group leader's file descriptor will not be turned into a file
object anymore, instead os.read is used to read from the descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Janosch Frank <frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <1452525484-32309-24-git-send-email-frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Converted class definition to new style and renamed improper named
variables.
Introduced property for fields_filter.
Moved member variable declaration to init, so one can see all class
variables when reading the init method.
Completely clear the values dict, as we don't need to keep single values.
Signed-off-by: Janosch Frank <frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <1452525484-32309-23-git-send-email-frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
The variable was only used in one class but still was defined
globally. Additionaly the detect_platform routine which prepares the
data that goes into the variable was called on each start of the
script, no matter if the class was needed.
To make the variable local to the TracepointProvider class, a new
function that calls detect_platform and returns the filters was
introduced.
Signed-off-by: Janosch Frank <frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <1452525484-32309-22-git-send-email-frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Variables with bad names like f and m were renamed to their full name,
so it is clearer which data they contain.
Unneeded variables were removed and the field generating code was
moved in an own function.
dict.iteritems() was removed as directly iterating over a dictionary
also yields the needed keys.
Signed-off-by: Janosch Frank <frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <1452525484-32309-20-git-send-email-frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
As previous commit authors used a mixture of setters/getters and
direct access to class variables consolidating them the python way
improved readability.
Properties allow us to assign a value to a class variable through a
setter without the need to call the setter ourselves.
Reviewed-by: Jason J. Herne <jjherne@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Janosch Frank <frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <1452525484-32309-19-git-send-email-frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
[prop.setter is new in Python 2.6, which is the earliest supported
version. - Paolo]
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
s390 machines can also be detected via uname -m, i.e. python's
os.uname, no need for more complicated checks.
Calling uname once and saving its value for multiple checks is
perfectly sufficient. We don't expect the machine's architecture to
change when the script is running anyway.
On multi-cpu systems x86_init currently will get called multiple
times, returning makes sure we don't waste cicles on that.
Signed-off-by: Janosch Frank <frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <1452525484-32309-16-git-send-email-frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
As num cpus * 1000 is NOT a sensible rlimit, we need to calculate a
more accurate rlimit.
The number of open files is directly dependent on the cpu count and on
the number of trace points per cpu. A additional constant works as a
buffer for files that are needed by python or do get opened when the
script runs.
Hence we have:
cpus * traces + constant
Reviewed-by: Jason J. Herne <jjherne@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Janosch Frank <frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <1452525484-32309-15-git-send-email-frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
In 2008 a patch was written that introduced ctypes.get_errno() and
set_errno() as official interfaces to the libc errno variable. Using
them we can avoid accessing private libc variables.
The patch was included in python 2.6.
Also we need to raise the right exception, with the right parameters
and a helpful message.
Signed-off-by: Janosch Frank <frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <1452525484-32309-14-git-send-email-frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
The main function should be the main location for initialization and
helps encapsulating variables into a scope. This way they don't have
to be global and might be mistaken for local ones.
As the providers variable is scoped now it can't be accessed from
within the Stats class. Hence, the global access to the variable was
changed to a local one.
Reviewed-by: Jason J. Herne <jjherne@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Janosch Frank <frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <1452525484-32309-10-git-send-email-frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Access checking with F_OK was replaced with the better readable
os.path.exists().
On Linux exists() returns False when the user doesn't have sufficient
permissions for statting the directory. Therefore the error message
now states that sufficient rights are needed when the check fails.
Also added check for /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/.
Signed-off-by: Janosch Frank <frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <1452525484-32309-9-git-send-email-frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
The exit reasons dictionaries were defined number -> value but later
on were accessed the other way around. Therefore a invert function
inverted them.
Defining them the right way removes the need to invert them and
therefore also speeds up the script's setup process.
Signed-off-by: Janosch Frank <frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <1452525484-32309-7-git-send-email-frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
This integrates support for QIOChannelTLS object in the TCP
chardev backend. If the 'tls-creds=NAME' option is passed with
the '-chardev tcp' argument, then it will setup the chardev
such that the client is required to establish a TLS handshake
when connecting. There is no support for checking the client
certificate against ACLs in this initial patch. This is pending
work to QOM-ify the ACL object code.
A complete invocation to run QEMU as the server for a TLS
encrypted serial dev might be
$ qemu-system-x86_64 \
-nodefconfig -nodefaults -device sga -display none \
-chardev socket,id=s0,host=127.0.0.1,port=9000,tls-creds=tls0,server \
-device isa-serial,chardev=s0 \
-object tls-creds-x509,id=tls0,endpoint=server,verify-peer=off,\
dir=/home/berrange/security/qemutls
To test with the gnutls-cli tool as the client:
$ gnutls-cli --priority=NORMAL -p 9000 \
--x509cafile=/home/berrange/security/qemutls/ca-cert.pem \
127.0.0.1
If QEMU was told to use 'anon' credential type, then use the
priority string 'NORMAL:+ANON-DH' with gnutls-cli
Alternatively, if setting up a chardev to operate as a client,
then the TLS credentials registered must be for the client
endpoint. First a TLS server must be setup, which can be done
with the gnutls-serv tool
$ gnutls-serv --priority=NORMAL -p 9000 --echo \
--x509cafile=/home/berrange/security/qemutls/ca-cert.pem \
--x509certfile=/home/berrange/security/qemutls/server-cert.pem \
--x509keyfile=/home/berrange/security/qemutls/server-key.pem
Then QEMU can connect with
$ qemu-system-x86_64 \
-nodefconfig -nodefaults -device sga -display none \
-chardev socket,id=s0,host=127.0.0.1,port=9000,tls-creds=tls0 \
-device isa-serial,chardev=s0 \
-object tls-creds-x509,id=tls0,endpoint=client,\
dir=/home/berrange/security/qemutls
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1453202071-10289-5-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
The current code for doing telnet initialization is writing to
a socket without checking the return status. While it is highly
unlikely to be a problem when writing to a bare socket, as the
buffers are large enough to prevent blocking, this cannot be
assumed safe with TLS sockets. So write the telnet initialization
code into a memory buffer and then use an I/O watch to fully
send the data.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1453202071-10289-4-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
In preparation for introducing TLS support to the TCP chardev
backend, convert existing chardev code from using GIOChannel
to QIOChannel. This simplifies the chardev code by removing
most of the OS platform conditional code for dealing with
file descriptor passing.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1453202071-10289-3-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
A variety of places were snprintf()ing into a fixed length
filename buffer. Some of the buffers were stack allocated,
while another was heap allocated with g_malloc(). Switch
them all to heap allocated using g_strdup_printf() avoiding
arbitrary length restrictions.
This also facilitates later patches which will want to
populate the filename by calling external functions
which do not support use of a pre-allocated buffer.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1453202071-10289-2-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
# gpg: Signature made Mon 25 Jan 2016 19:39:58 GMT using RSA key ID AAFC390E
# gpg: Good signature from "John Snow (John Huston) <jsnow@redhat.com>"
* remotes/jnsnow/tags/ide-pull-request:
fdc: change auto fallback drive for ISA FDC to 288
qtest/fdc: Support for 2.88MB drives
fdc: rework pick_geometry
fdc: add physical disk sizes
fdc: add drive type option
fdc: Add fallback option
fdc: add pick_drive
fdc: Throw an assertion on misconfigured fd_formats table
fdc: add disk field
fdc: add drive type qapi enum
fdc: reduce number of pick_geometry arguments
fdc: move pick_geometry
ide: Correct the CHS 'cyls_max' limit to be 65535
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
The 2.88 drive is more suitable as a default because
it can still read 1.44 images correctly, but the reverse
is not true.
Since there exist virtio-win drivers that are shipped on
2.88 floppy images, this patch will allow VMs booted without
a floppy disk inserted to later insert a 2.88MB floppy and
have that work.
This patch has been tested with msdos, freedos, fedora,
windows 8 and windows 10 without issue: if problems do
arise for certain guests being unable to cope with 2.88MB
drives as the default, they are in the minority and can use
type=144 as needed (or insert a proper boot medium and omit
type=144/288 or use type=auto) to obtain different drive types.
As icing, the default will remain auto/144 for any pre-2.6
machine types, hopefully minimizing the impact of this change
in legacy hw to basically zero.
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1453495865-9649-13-git-send-email-jsnow@redhat.com
This one is the crazy one.
fd_revalidate currently uses pick_geometry to tell if the diskette
geometry has changed upon an eject/insert event, but it won't allow us
to insert a 1.44MB diskette into a 2.88MB drive. This is inflexible.
The new algorithm applies a new heuristic to guessing disk geometries
that allows us to switch diskette types as long as the physical size
matches before falling back to the old heuristic.
The old one is roughly:
- If the size (sectors) and type matches, choose it.
- Fall back to the first geometry that matched our type.
The new one is:
- If the size (sectors) and type matches, choose it.
- If the size (sectors) and physical size match, choose it.
- Fall back to the first geometry that matched our type.
Signed-off-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1453495865-9649-11-git-send-email-jsnow@redhat.com
2.88MB capable drives can accept 1.44MB floppies,
for instance. To rework the pick_geometry function,
we need to know if our current drive can even accept
the type of disks we're considering.
NB: This allows us to distinguish between all of the
"total sectors" collisions between 1.20MB and 1.44MB
diskette types, by using the physical drive size as a
differentiator.
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1453495865-9649-10-git-send-email-jsnow@redhat.com
This patch adds a new explicit Floppy Drive Type option. The existing
behavior in QEMU is to automatically guess a drive type based on the
media inserted, or if a diskette is not present, arbitrarily assign one.
This behavior can be described as "auto." This patch adds the option
to pick an explicit behavior: 120, 144, 288 or none. The new "auto"
option is intended to mimic current behavior, while the other types
pick one explicitly.
Set the type given by the CLI during fd_init. If the type remains the
default (auto), we'll attempt to scan an inserted diskette if present
to determine a type. If auto is selected but no diskette is present,
we fall back to a predetermined default (currently 1.44MB to match
legacy QEMU behavior.)
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1453495865-9649-9-git-send-email-jsnow@redhat.com
Currently, QEMU chooses a drive type automatically based on the inserted
media. If there is no disk inserted, it chooses a 1.44MB drive type.
Change this behavior to be configurable, but leave it defaulted to 1.44.
This is not earnestly intended to be used by a user or a management
library, but rather exists so that pre-2.6 board types can configure it
to be a legacy value.
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1453495865-9649-8-git-send-email-jsnow@redhat.com
Split apart pick_geometry by creating a pick_drive routine that will only
ever called during device bring-up instead of relying on pick_geometry to
be used in both cases.
With this change, the drive field is changed to be 'write once'. It is
not altered after the initialization routines exit.
media_validated does not need to be migrated. The target VM
will just revalidate the media on post_load anyway.
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1453495865-9649-7-git-send-email-jsnow@redhat.com
pick_geometry is a convoluted function that makes it difficult to tell
at a glance what QEMU's current behavior for choosing a floppy drive
type is when it can't quite identify the diskette.
The code iterates over all entries in the candidate geometry table
("fd_formats") and if our specific drive type matches a row in the table,
then either "match" is set to that entry (an exact match) and the loop
exits, or "first_match" will be non-negative (the first such entry that
shares the same drive type), and the loop continues. If our specific
drive type is NONE, then all drive types in the candidate geometry table
are considered. After iteration, if "match" was not set, we fall back to
"first match".
This means that either "match" was set, or we exited the loop without an
exact match, in which case:
- If drive type is NONE, the default is truly fd_formats[0], a 1.44MB
type, because "first_match" will always get set to the first item.
- If drive type is not NONE, pick_geometry's iteration was fussier and
only looked at rows that matched our drive type. However, since all
possible drive types are represented in the table, we still know that
"first match" was set.
- If drive type is not NONE and the fd_formats table lists no options for
our drive type, we choose fd_formats[1], an incomprehensibly bizarre
choice that can never happen anyway.
Correct this: If first_match is -1, it can ONLY mean we didn't edit our
fd_formats table correctly. Throw an assertion instead.
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1453495865-9649-6-git-send-email-jsnow@redhat.com
Currently, 'drive' is used both to represent the current diskette
type as well as the current drive type.
This patch adds a 'disk' field that is updated explicitly to match
the type of the disk.
As of this patch, disk and drive are always the same, but forthcoming
patches to change the behavior of pick_geometry will invalidate this
assumption.
disk does not need to be migrated because it is not user-visible state
nor is it currently used for any calculations. It is purely informative,
and will be rebuilt automatically via fd_revalidate on the new host.
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1453495865-9649-5-git-send-email-jsnow@redhat.com
Modify this function to operate directly on FDrive objects instead of
unpacking and passing all of those parameters manually. Reduces the
complexity in the caller and reduces the number of args to just one.
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1453495865-9649-3-git-send-email-jsnow@redhat.com
In b7eb0c9:
hw/block-common: Factor out fall back to legacy -drive cyls=...
'blkconf_geometry()' was introduced, factoring out CHS limit validation
code that was repeated in ide, scsi, virtio-blk.
The original IDE CHS limit prior b7eb0c9 was 65535,16,255 (as per ATA
CHS addressing).
However the 'cyls_max' argument passed to 'blkconf_geometry' in the
ide_dev_initfn case was accidentally set to 65536 instead of 65535.
Fix, providing the correct 'cyls_max'.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@ravellosystems.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1453112371-29760-1-git-send-email-shmulik.ladkani@ravellosystems.com
Signed-off-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
MIPS patches 2016-01-25
Changes:
* fixes and includes clean-up
# gpg: Signature made Mon 25 Jan 2016 09:29:51 GMT using RSA key ID 0B29DA6B
# gpg: Good signature from "Leon Alrae <leon.alrae@imgtec.com>"
* remotes/lalrae/tags/mips-20160125:
mips: Clean up includes
target-mips: Fix ALIGN instruction when bp=0
target-mips: silence NaNs for cvt.s.d and cvt.d.s
target-mips/cpu.h: Fix spell error
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Clean up includes so that osdep.h is included first and headers
which it implies are not included manually.
This commit was created with scripts/clean-includes.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Leon Alrae <leon.alrae@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Alrae <leon.alrae@imgtec.com>
If executing ALIGN with shift count bp=0 within mips64 emulation,
the result of the operation should be sign extended.
Taken from the official documentation (pseudo code) :
ALIGN:
tmp_rt_hi = unsigned_word(GPR[rt]) << (8*bp)
tmp_rs_lo = unsigned_word(GPR[rs]) >> (8*(4-bp))
tmp = tmp_rt_hi || tmp_rt_lo
GPR[rd] = sign_extend.32(tmp)
Signed-off-by: Miodrag Dinic <miodrag.dinic@imgtec.com>
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Reviewed-by: Leon Alrae <leon.alrae@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Alrae <leon.alrae@imgtec.com>
cvt.s.d and cvt.d.s are FP operations and thus need to convert input
sNaN into corresponding qNaN. Explicitely use the floatXX_maybe_silence_nan
functions for that as the floatXX_to_floatXX functions do not do that.
Cc: Leon Alrae <leon.alrae@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Reviewed-by: Leon Alrae <leon.alrae@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Alrae <leon.alrae@imgtec.com>
Replace the uint8 softfloat-specific typedef with uint8_t.
This change was made with
find include hw fpu target-* -name '*.[ch]' | xargs sed -i -e 's/\buint8\b/uint8_t/g'
together with manual removal of the typedef definition and
manual fixing of more erroneous uses found via test compilation.
It turns out that the only code using this type is an accidental
use where uint8_t was intended anyway...
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Acked-by: Leon Alrae <leon.alrae@imgtec.com>
Acked-by: James Hogan <james.hogan@imgtec.com>
Message-id: 1452603315-27030-7-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Replace the uint32 softfloat-specific typedef with uint32_t.
This change was made with
find include hw fpu target-* -name '*.[ch]' | xargs sed -i -e 's/\buint32\b/uint32_t/g'
together with manual removal of the typedef definition,
manual undoing of various mis-hits, and another couple of
fixes found via test compilation.
All the uses in hw/ were using the wrong type by mistake.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Acked-by: Leon Alrae <leon.alrae@imgtec.com>
Acked-by: James Hogan <james.hogan@imgtec.com>
Message-id: 1452603315-27030-5-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Replace the int32 softfloat-specific typedef with int32_t.
This change was made with
find hw include fpu target-* -name '*.[ch]' | xargs sed -i -e 's/\bint32\b/int32_t/g'
together with manual removal of the typedef definition, and
manual undoing of some mis-hits where macro arguments were
being used for token pasting rather than as a type.
The uses in hw/ipmi/ should not have been using this type at all.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Acked-by: Leon Alrae <leon.alrae@imgtec.com>
Acked-by: James Hogan <james.hogan@imgtec.com>
Message-id: 1452603315-27030-4-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Replace the uint64 softfloat-specific typedef with uint64_t.
This change was made with
find include fpu target-* -name '*.[ch]' | xargs sed -i -e 's/\buint64\b/uint64_t/g'
together with manual removal of the typedef definition, and
manual undoing of some mis-hits where macro arguments were
being used for token pasting rather than as a type.
Note that the target-mips/kvm.c and target-s390x/kvm.c changes are fixing
code that should not have been using the uint64 type in the first place.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Acked-by: Leon Alrae <leon.alrae@imgtec.com>
Acked-by: James Hogan <james.hogan@imgtec.com>
Message-id: 1452603315-27030-3-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Replace the int64 softfloat-specific typedef with int64_t.
This change was made with
find include fpu target-* -name '*.[ch]' | xargs sed -i -e 's/\bint64\b/int64_t/g'
together with manual removal of the typedef definition, and
manual undoing of some mis-hits where macro arguments were
being used for token pasting rather than as a type.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Acked-by: Leon Alrae <leon.alrae@imgtec.com>
Message-id: 1452603315-27030-2-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
fprintf to error_report conversion in hw/9pfs and fsdev
# gpg: Signature made Fri 22 Jan 2016 14:23:15 GMT using DSA key ID 0101DBC2
# gpg: Good signature from "Greg Kurz <gkurz@fr.ibm.com>"
# gpg: aka "Greg Kurz <groug@free.fr>"
# gpg: aka "Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>"
# gpg: aka "Gregory Kurz (Groug) <groug@free.fr>"
# gpg: aka "Gregory Kurz (Cimai Technology) <gkurz@cimai.com>"
# gpg: aka "Gregory Kurz (Meiosys Technology) <gkurz@meiosys.com>"
# gpg: WARNING: This key is not certified with a trusted signature!
# gpg: There is no indication that the signature belongs to the owner.
# Primary key fingerprint: 2BD4 3B44 535E C0A7 9894 DBA2 02FC 3AEB 0101 DBC2
* remotes/gkurz/tags/for-upstream:
fsdev: use error_report() instead of fprintf(stderr)
9pfs: use error_report() instead of fprintf(stderr)
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
No need to roll our own (with slightly incorrect handling of errno),
when we can use the common version.
Change signed parsing to unsigned, because what it read are values in
PCI config space, which are non-negative.
Signed-off-by: Cao jin <caoj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
X86 queue, 2016-01-21
# gpg: Signature made Thu 21 Jan 2016 15:08:40 GMT using RSA key ID 984DC5A6
# gpg: Good signature from "Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>"
* remotes/ehabkost/tags/x86-pull-request:
target-i386: Add PKU and and OSPKE support
target-i386: Add support to migrate vcpu's TSC rate
target-i386: Reorganize TSC rate setting code
target-i386: Fallback vcpu's TSC rate to value returned by KVM
target-i386: Add suffixes to MMReg struct fields
target-i386: Define MMREG_UNION macro
target-i386: Define MMXReg._d field
target-i386: Rename XMM_[BWLSDQ] helpers to ZMM_*
target-i386: Rename struct XMMReg to ZMMReg
target-i386: Use a _q array on MMXReg too
target-i386/ops_sse.h: Use MMX_Q macro
target-i386: Rename optimize_flags_init()
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
target-arm queue:
* connect SPI devices in Xilinx Zynq platforms
* multiple-address-space support
* use multiple-address-space support for ARM TrustZone
* arm_gic: return correct ID registers for 11MPCore/v1/v2 GICs
* various fixes for (currently disabled) AArch64 EL2 and EL3 support
* add 'always-on' property to the virt board timer DT entry
# gpg: Signature made Thu 21 Jan 2016 14:54:56 GMT using RSA key ID 14360CDE
# gpg: Good signature from "Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>"
# gpg: aka "Peter Maydell <pmaydell@gmail.com>"
# gpg: aka "Peter Maydell <pmaydell@chiark.greenend.org.uk>"
* remotes/pmaydell/tags/pull-target-arm-20160121: (36 commits)
target-arm: Implement FPEXC32_EL2 system register
target-arm: ignore ELR_ELx[1] for exception return to 32-bit ARM mode
target-arm: Implement remaining illegal return event checks
target-arm: Handle exception return from AArch64 to non-EL0 AArch32
target-arm: Fix wrong AArch64 entry offset for EL2/EL3 target
target-arm: Pull semihosting handling out to arm_cpu_do_interrupt()
target-arm: Use a single entry point for AArch64 and AArch32 exceptions
target-arm: Move aarch64_cpu_do_interrupt() to helper.c
target-arm: Properly support EL2 and EL3 in arm_el_is_aa64()
arm_gic: Update ID registers based on revision
hw/arm/virt: Add always-on property to the virt board timer
hw/arm/virt: add secure memory region and UART
hw/arm/virt: Wire up memory region to CPUs explicitly
target-arm: Support multiple address spaces in page table walks
target-arm: Implement cpu_get_phys_page_attrs_debug
target-arm: Implement asidx_from_attrs
target-arm: Add QOM property for Secure memory region
qom/cpu: Add MemoryRegion property
memory: Add address_space_init_shareable()
exec.c: Use correct AddressSpace in watch_mem_read and watch_mem_write
...
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
This patch enables migrating vcpu's TSC rate. If KVM on the
destination machine supports TSC scaling, guest programs will
observe a consistent TSC rate across the migration.
If TSC scaling is not supported on the destination machine, the
migration will not be aborted and QEMU on the destination will
not set vcpu's TSC rate to the migrated value.
If vcpu's TSC rate specified by CPU option 'tsc-freq' on the
destination machine is inconsistent with the migrated TSC rate,
the migration will be aborted.
For backwards compatibility, the migration of vcpu's TSC rate is
disabled on pc-*-2.5 and older machine types.
Signed-off-by: Haozhong Zhang <haozhong.zhang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
[ehabkost: Rewrote comment at kvm_arch_put_registers()]
[ehabkost: Moved compat code to pc-2.5]
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Following changes are made to the TSC rate setting code in
kvm_arch_init_vcpu():
* The code is moved to a new function kvm_arch_set_tsc_khz().
* If kvm_arch_set_tsc_khz() fails, i.e. following two conditions are
both satisfied:
* KVM does not support the TSC scaling or it fails to set vcpu's
TSC rate by KVM_SET_TSC_KHZ,
* the TSC rate to be set is different than the value currently used
by KVM, then kvm_arch_init_vcpu() will fail. Prevously,
* the lack of TSC scaling never failed kvm_arch_init_vcpu(),
* the failure of KVM_SET_TSC_KHZ failed kvm_arch_init_vcpu()
unconditionally, even though the TSC rate to be set is identical
to the value currently used by KVM.
Signed-off-by: Haozhong Zhang <haozhong.zhang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
If no user-specified TSC rate is present, we will try to set
env->tsc_khz to the value returned by KVM_GET_TSC_KHZ. This patch
does not change the current functionality of QEMU and just
prepares for later patches to enable migrating vcpu's TSC rate.
Signed-off-by: Haozhong Zhang <haozhong.zhang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
This will ensure we never use the MMX_* and ZMM_* macros with the
wrong struct type.
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
This will simplify the definitions of ZMMReg and MMXReg.
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Add a new field and reorder MMXReg fields, to make MMXReg and
ZMMReg field lists look the same (except for the array sizes).
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
They are helpers for the ZMMReg fields, so name them accordingly.
This is just a global search+replace, no other changes are being
introduced.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
The struct represents a 512-bit register, so name it accordingly.
This is just a global search+replace, no other changes are being
introduced.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Make MMXReg use the same field names used on XMMReg, so we can
try to reuse macros and other code later.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Rename the function so that the reason for its existence is
clearer: it does x86-specific initialization of TCG structures.
Reviewed-by: Igor Mammedov <imammedo@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
The architecture requires that for an exception return to AArch32 the
low bits of ELR_ELx are ignored when the PC is set from them:
* if returning to Thumb mode, ignore ELR_ELx[0]
* if returning to ARM mode, ignore ELR_ELx[1:0]
We were only squashing bit 0; also squash bit 1 if the SPSR T bit
indicates this is a return to ARM code.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
We already implement almost all the checks for the illegal
return events from AArch64 state described in the ARM ARM section
D1.11.2. Add the two missing ones:
* return to EL2 when EL3 is implemented and SCR_EL3.NS is 0
* return to Non-secure EL1 when EL2 is implemented and HCR_EL2.TGE is 1
(We don't implement external debug, so the case of "debug state exit
from EL0 using AArch64 state to EL0 using AArch32 state" doesn't apply
for QEMU.)
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Remove the assumptions that the AArch64 exception return code was
making about a return to AArch32 always being a return to EL0.
This includes pulling out the illegal-SPSR checks so we can apply
them for return to 32 bit as well as return to 64-bit.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
The entry offset when taking an exception to AArch64 from a lower
exception level may be 0x400 or 0x600. 0x400 is used if the
implemented exception level immediately lower than the target level
is using AArch64, and 0x600 if it is using AArch32. We were
incorrectly implementing this as checking the exception level
that the exception was taken from. (The two can be different if
for example we take an exception from EL0 to AArch64 EL3; we should
in this case be checking EL2 if EL2 is implemented, and EL1 if
EL2 is not implemented.)
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Handling of semihosting calls should depend on the register width
of the calling code, not on that of any higher exception level,
so we need to identify and handle semihosting calls before we
decide whether to deliver the exception as an entry to AArch32
or AArch64. (EXCP_SEMIHOST is also an "internal exception" so
it has no target exception level in the first place.)
This will allow AArch32 EL1 code to use semihosting calls when
running under an AArch64 EL3.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
If EL2 or EL3 is present on an AArch64 CPU, then exceptions can be
taken to an exception level which is running AArch32 (if only EL0
and EL1 are present then EL1 must be AArch64 and all exceptions are
taken to AArch64). To support this we need to have a single
implementation of the CPU do_interrupt() method which can handle both
32 and 64 bit exception entry.
Pull the common parts of aarch64_cpu_do_interrupt() and
arm_cpu_do_interrupt() out into a new function which calls
either the AArch32 or AArch64 specific entry code once it has
worked out which one is needed.
We temporarily special-case the handling of EXCP_SEMIHOST to
avoid an assertion in arm_el_is_aa64(); the next patch will
pull all the semihosting handling out to the arm_cpu_do_interrupt()
level (since semihosting semantics depend on the register width
of the calling code, not on that of any higher EL).
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Move the aarch64_cpu_do_interrupt() function to helper.c. We want
to be able to call this from code that isn't AArch64-only, and
the move allows us to avoid awkward #ifdeffery at the callsite.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Support EL2 and EL3 in arm_el_is_aa64() by implementing the
logic for checking the SCR_EL3 and HCR_EL2 register-width bits
as appropriate to determine the register width of lower exception
levels.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Add a secure memory region to the virt board, which is the
same as the nonsecure memory region except that it also has
a secure-only UART in it. This is only created if the
board is started with the '-machine secure=on' property.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Wire up the system memory region to the CPUs explicitly
by setting the QOM property. This doesn't change anything
over letting it default, but will be needed for adding
a secure memory region later.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
If we have a secure address space, use it in page table walks:
when doing the physical accesses to read descriptors, make them
through the correct address space.
(The descriptor reads are the only direct physical accesses
made in target-arm/ for CPUs which might have TrustZone.)
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Implement the asidx_from_attrs CPU method to return the
Secure or NonSecure address space as appropriate.
(The function is inline so we can use it directly in target-arm
code to be added in later patches.)
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Add QOM property to the ARM CPU which boards can use to tell us what
memory region to use for secure accesses. Nonsecure accesses
go via the memory region specified with the base CPU class 'memory'
property.
By default, if no secure region is specified it is the same as the
nonsecure region, and if no nonsecure region is specified we will use
address_space_memory.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Add a MemoryRegion property, which if set is used to construct
the CPU's initial (default) AddressSpace.
Signed-off-by: Peter Crosthwaite <peter.crosthwaite@xilinx.com>
[PMM: code is moved from qom/cpu.c to exec.c to avoid having to
make qom/cpu.o be a non-common object file; code to use the
MemoryRegion and to default it to system_memory added.]
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
This will either create a new AS or return a pointer to an
already existing equivalent one, if we have already created
an AS for the specified root memory region.
The motivation is to reuse address spaces as much as possible.
It's going to be quite common that bus masters out in device land
have pointers to the same memory region for their mastering yet
each will need to create its own address space. Let the memory
API implement sharing for them.
Aside from the perf optimisations, this should reduce the amount
of redundant output on info mtree as well.
Thee returned value will be malloced, but the malloc will be
automatically freed when the AS runs out of refs.
Signed-off-by: Peter Crosthwaite <peter.crosthwaite@xilinx.com>
[PMM: dropped check for NULL root as unused; added doc-comment;
squashed Peter C's reference-counting patch into this one;
don't compare name string when deciding if we can share ASes;
read as->malloced before the unref of as->root to avoid possible
read-after-free if as->root was the owner of as]
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
In the watchpoint access routines watch_mem_read and watch_mem_write,
find the correct AddressSpace to use from current_cpu and the memory
transaction attributes, rather than always assuming address_space_memory.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Use cpu_get_phys_page_attrs_debug() when doing virtual-to-physical
conversions in debug related code, so that we can obtain the right
address space index and thus select the correct AddressSpace,
rather than always using cpu->as.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Add a function to return the AddressSpace for a CPU based on
its numerical index. (Callers outside exec.c don't have access
to the CPUAddressSpace struct so can't just fish it out of the
CPUState struct directly.)
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Pass the MemTxAttrs for the memory access to iotlb_to_region(); this
allows it to determine the correct AddressSpace to use for the lookup.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
When looking up the MemoryRegionSection for the new TLB entry in
tlb_set_page_with_attrs(), use cpu_asidx_from_attrs() to determine
the correct address space index for the lookup, and pass it into
address_space_translate_for_iotlb().
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Add a new method to CPUClass which the memory system core can
use to obtain the correct address space index to use for a memory
access with a given set of transaction attributes, together
with the wrapper function cpu_asidx_from_attrs() which implements
the default behaviour ("always use asidx 0") for CPU classes
which don't provide the method.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Add a new optional method get_phys_page_attrs_debug() to CPUClass.
This is like the existing get_phys_page_debug(), but also returns
the memory transaction attributes to use for the access.
This will be necessary for CPUs which have multiple address
spaces and use the attributes to select the correct address
space.
We provide a wrapper function cpu_get_phys_page_attrs_debug()
which falls back to the existing get_phys_page_debug(), so we
don't need to change every target CPU.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Allow multiple calls to cpu_address_space_init(); each
call adds an entry to the cpu->ases array at the specified
index. It is up to the target-specific CPU code to actually use
these extra address spaces.
Since this multiple AddressSpace support won't work with
KVM, add an assertion to avoid confusing failures.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Rather than setting cpu->as unconditionally in cpu_exec_init
(and then having target-i386 override this later), don't set
it until the first call to cpu_address_space_init.
This requires us to initialise the address space for
both TCG and KVM (KVM doesn't need the AS listener but
it does require cpu->as to be set).
For target CPUs which don't set up any address spaces (currently
everything except i386), add the default address_space_memory
in qemu_init_vcpu().
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Connect the Xilinx SPI devices to the ZynqMP model.
Signed-off-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Crosthwaite <crosthwaite.peter@gmail.com>
[ PC changes
* Use QOM alias for bus connectivity on SoC level
]
Signed-off-by: Peter Crosthwaite <crosthwaite.peter@gmail.com>
[PMM: free the g_strdup_printf() string when finished with it]
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
qbus_realize() adds busses as a QOM child of the device in addition to
adding it to the qdev bus list. Change get_child_bus() to use the QOM
child if it is available. This takes priority over the bus-list, but
the child object is checked for type correctness.
This prepares support for aliasing of buses. The use case is SoCs,
where a SoC container needs to present buses to the board level, but
the buses are implemented by controller IP we already model as self
contained qbus-containing devices.
Signed-off-by: Peter Crosthwaite <crosthwaite.peter@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Block layer patches
# gpg: Signature made Wed 20 Jan 2016 15:37:57 GMT using RSA key ID C88F2FD6
# gpg: Good signature from "Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>"
* remotes/kevin/tags/for-upstream:
iotests: Test that throttle values ranges
blockdev: Error out on negative throttling option values
vmdk: Create streamOptimized as version 3
qcow2: Make image inaccessible after failed qcow2_invalidate_cache()
qcow2: Fix BDRV_O_INACTIVE handling in qcow2_invalidate_cache()
qcow2: Implement .bdrv_inactivate
block: Inactivate BDS when migration completes
block: Rename BDRV_O_INCOMING to BDRV_O_INACTIVE
block: Fix error path in bdrv_invalidate_cache()
block: Assert no write requests under BDRV_O_INCOMING
qcow2: Write full header on image creation
qcow2: Write feature table only for v3 images
block: Clean up includes
qemu-iotests: Reduce racy output in 028
qemu-img: Speed up comparing empty/zero images
block/raw-posix: avoid bogus fixup for cylinders on DASD disks
block: Fix .bdrv_open flags
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
I/O channels fixes 2016/01/20 v1
# gpg: Signature made Wed 20 Jan 2016 11:31:47 GMT using RSA key ID 15104FDF
# gpg: Good signature from "Daniel P. Berrange <dan@berrange.com>"
# gpg: aka "Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>"
* remotes/berrange/tags/pull-io-next-2016-01-20-1:
io: use memset instead of { 0 } for initializing array
io: fix description of @errp parameter initialization
io: some fixes to handling of /dev/null when running commands
io: increment counter when killing off subcommand
io: fix sign of errno value passed to error report
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Convert qemu-socket to use QAPI exclusively, update MAINTAINERS.
# gpg: Signature made Wed 20 Jan 2016 06:49:07 GMT using RSA key ID D3E87138
# gpg: Good signature from "Gerd Hoffmann (work) <kraxel@redhat.com>"
# gpg: aka "Gerd Hoffmann <gerd@kraxel.org>"
# gpg: aka "Gerd Hoffmann (private) <kraxel@gmail.com>"
* remotes/kraxel/tags/pull-socket-20160120-1:
vnc: distiguish between ipv4/ipv6 omitted vs set to off
sockets: remove use of QemuOpts from socket_dgram
sockets: remove use of QemuOpts from socket_connect
sockets: remove use of QemuOpts from socket_listen
sockets: remove use of QemuOpts from header file
add MAINTAINERS entry for qemu socket code
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
extract_common_blockdev_options() uses qemu_opt_get_number() to parse
the bps/iops numbers to uint64_t, then converts to double and stores in
ThrottleConfig. The actual parsing is done by strtoull() in
parse_option_number(). Negative numbers are wrapped to large positive
ones, and stored.
We used to reject negative numbers since 7d81c1413c, but this regressed
when the option parsing code was changed later. Now fix this again.
This time, define an arbitrary large upper limit (1e15), and check the
values so both negative and impractically big numbers are caught and
reported.
Signed-off-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alberto Garcia <berto@igalia.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
VMware products accept only version 3 for streamOptimized, let's bump
the version.
Reported-by: Radoslav Gerganov <rgerganov@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
If qcow2_invalidate_cache() fails, we are in a state where qcow2_close()
has already been completed, but the image hasn't been reopened yet.
Calling into any qcow2 function for an image in this state will cause
crashes.
The real solution would be to get rid of the close/open pair and instead
do an atomic reset of the involved data structures, but this isn't
trivial, so let's just make the image inaccessible for now.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
What qcow2_invalidate_cache() should do is close the image with
BDRV_O_INACTIVE set and reopen it with the flag cleared. In fact, it
used to do exactly the opposite: qcow2_close() relied on bs->open_flags,
which is already updated to have cleared BDRV_O_INACTIVE at this point,
whereas qcow2_open() was called with s->flags, which has the flag still
set. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
The callback has to ensure that closing or flushing the image afterwards
wouldn't cause a write access to the image files. This means that just
the caches have to be written out, which is part of the existing
.bdrv_close implementation.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
So far, live migration with shared storage meant that the image is in a
not-really-ready don't-touch-me state on the destination while the
source is still actively using it, but after completing the migration,
the image was fully opened on both sides. This is bad.
This patch adds a block driver callback to inactivate images on the
source before completing the migration. Inactivation means that it goes
to a state as if it was just live migrated to the qemu instance on the
source (i.e. BDRV_O_INACTIVE is set). You're then supposed to continue
either on the source or on the destination, which takes ownership of the
image.
A typical migration looks like this now with respect to disk images:
1. Destination qemu is started, the image is opened with
BDRV_O_INACTIVE. The image is fully opened on the source.
2. Migration is about to complete. The source flushes the image and
inactivates it. Now both sides have the image opened with
BDRV_O_INACTIVE and are expecting the other side to still modify it.
3. One side (the destination on success) continues and calls
bdrv_invalidate_all() in order to take ownership of the image again.
This removes BDRV_O_INACTIVE on the resuming side; the flag remains
set on the other side.
This ensures that the same image isn't written to by both instances
(unless both are resumed, but then you get what you deserve). This is
important because .bdrv_close for non-BDRV_O_INACTIVE images could write
to the image file, which is definitely forbidden while another host is
using the image.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Instead of covering only the state of images on the migration
destination before the migration is completed, the flag will also cover
the state of images on the migration source after completion. This
common state implies that the image is technically still open, but no
writes will happen and any cached contents will be reloaded from disk if
and when the image leaves this state.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
We can only clear BDRV_O_INCOMING if the caches were actually
invalidated.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
As long as BDRV_O_INCOMING is set, the image file is only opened so we
have a file descriptor for it. We're definitely not supposed to modify
the image, it's still owned by the migration source.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
When creating a qcow2 image, we didn't necessarily call
qcow2_update_header(), but could end up with the basic header that
qcow2_create2() created manually. One thing that this basic header
lacks is the feature table. Let's make sure that it's always present.
This requires a few updates to test cases as well.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Version 2 images don't have feature bits, so writing a feature table to
those images is kind of pointless.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Clean up includes so that osdep.h is included first and headers
which it implies are not included manually.
This commit was created with scripts/clean-includes.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
On my machine, './check -qcow2 028' was failing about 80% of the
time, due to a race in how many times the repeated attempts
to run 'info block-jobs' could occur before the job was done,
showing up as a failure of fewer '(qemu) ' prompts than in the
expected output. Silence the output during the repetitions, then
add a final clean command to keep the expected output useful;
once patched, I was finally able to run the test 20 times in a
row with no failures.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Two empty raw files are always compared by actually reading data even if
there is no data, because BDRV_BLOCK_ZERO is considered "allocated" in
bdrv_is_allocated_above(). That is inefficient.
Use bdrv_get_block_status_above() for more information, and skip the
consecutive zero sectors.
This brings a huge speed up in comparing sparse/empty raw images:
$ qemu-img create a 1G
$ time ~/build/master/bin/qemu-img compare a a
Images are identical.
real 0m6.583s
user 0m0.191s
sys 0m6.367s
$ time qemu-img compare a a
Images are identical.
real 0m0.033s
user 0m0.003s
sys 0m0.031s
Signed-off-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Some versions of GCC on OS-X complain about CMSG_SPACE
not being constant size, which prevents use of { 0 }
io/channel-socket.c: In function 'qio_channel_socket_writev':
io/channel-socket.c:497:18: error: variable-sized object may not be initialized
char control[CMSG_SPACE(sizeof(int) * SOCKET_MAX_FDS)] = { 0 };
The compiler is at fault here, but it is nicer to avoid
tickling this compiler bug by using memset instead.
Reviewed-By: John Arbuckle <programmingkidx@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
The /dev/null file handle was leaked in a couple of places.
There is also the possibility that both readfd and writefd
point to the same /dev/null file handle, so care must be
taken not to close the same file handle twice.
Reviewed-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
The PCI spec recommends devices use additional alignment for MSI-X
data structures to allow software to map them to separate processor
pages. One advantage of doing this is that we can emulate those data
structures without a significant performance impact to the operation
of the device. Some devices fail to implement that suggestion and
assigned device performance suffers.
One such case of this is a Mellanox MT27500 series, ConnectX-3 VF,
where the MSI-X vector table and PBA are aligned on separate 4K
pages. If PBA emulation is enabled, performance suffers. It's not
clear how much value we get from PBA emulation, but the solution here
is to only lazily enable the emulated PBA when a masked MSI-X vector
fires. We then attempt to more aggresively disable the PBA memory
region any time a vector is unmasked. The expectation is then that
a typical VM will run entirely with PBA emulation disabled, and only
when used is that emulation re-enabled.
Reported-by: Shyam Kaushik <shyam.kaushik@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Shyam Kaushik <shyam.kaushik@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
For quirks that support the full PCIe extended config space, limit the
quirk to only the size of config space available through vfio. This
allows host systems with broken MMCONFIG regions to still make use of
these quirks without generating bad address faults trying to access
beyond the end of config space exposed through vfio. This may expose
direct access to the mirror of extended config space, only trapping
the sub-range of standard config space, but allowing this makes the
quirk, and thus the device, functional. We expect that only device
specific accesses make use of the mirror, not general extended PCI
capability accesses, so any virtualization in this space is likely
unnecessary anyway, and the device is still IOMMU isolated, so it
should only be able to hurt itself through any bogus configurations
enabled by this space.
Link: https://www.redhat.com/archives/vfio-users/2015-November/msg00192.html
Reported-by: Ronnie Swanink <ronnie@ronnieswanink.nl>
Reviewed-by: Laszlo Ersek <lersek@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
large volume DASD that have > 64k cylinders do claim to have
0xFFFE cylinders as special value in the old 16 bit field. We
want to pass this "token" along to the guest, instead of
calculating the real number. Otherwise qemu might fail with
"cyls must be between 1 and 65535"
Cc: qemu-stable@nongnu.org
Acked-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
bdrv_common_open() modified bs->open_flags after inferring the set of
options to pass to the driver's .bdrv_open callback. This means that the
cache options were correctly set in bs->open_flags (and therefore
correctly displayed in 'info block'), but the image would actually be
opened with the default cache mode instead.
This patch removes the flags parameter to bdrv_common_open() (except for
BDRV_O_NO_BACKING it's the same as bs->open_flags anyway, and having two
names for the same thing is confusing), and moves the assignment of
open_flags down to immediately before calling into the block drivers. In
all other places, bs->open_flags is now used consistently.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
The VNC code for interpreting QemuOpts does not currently
distinguish between ipv4/ipv6 being omitted, and being
set to 'off', because historically the 'ipv4' and 'ipv6'
options were just flags which did not accept a value.
The upshot is that if someone runs
$QEMU -vnc localhost:1,ipv6=off
QEMU still uses PF_UNSPEC and thus may still bind to IPv6,
when it should use PF_INET.
This is another instance of the problem previously fixed
for chardevs in
commit b77e7c8e99
Author: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Date: Mon Oct 12 15:35:16 2015 +0200
qemu-sockets: fix conversion of ipv4/ipv6 JSON to QemuOpts
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1452518225-11751-6-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
The socket_dgram method accepts a QAPI SocketAddress object
which it then turns into QemuOpts before calling the
inet_dgram_opts helper method. By converting the latter to
use QAPI SocketAddress directly, the QemuOpts conversion
step can be eliminated.
This removes the very last use of QemuOpts from the
sockets code, so the socket_optslist[] array is also
removed.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1452518225-11751-5-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
The socket_connect method accepts a QAPI SocketAddress object
which it then turns into QemuOpts before calling the
inet_connect_opts/unix_connect_opts helper methods. By
converting the latter to use QAPI SocketAddress directly,
the QemuOpts conversion step can be eliminated
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1452518225-11751-4-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
The socket_listen method accepts a QAPI SocketAddress object
which it then turns into QemuOpts before calling the
inet_listen_opts/unix_listen_opts helper methods. By
converting the latter to use QAPI SocketAddress directly,
the QemuOpts conversion step can be eliminated
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1452518225-11751-3-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
There are no callers of the sockets methods which accept
QemuOpts any more. Make all the QemuOpts related functions
static to avoid new callers being added, in preparation
for removal of all QemuOpts usage, in favour of QAPI
SocketAddress.
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1452518225-11751-2-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
When killing the subcommand, it is intended to first send
SIGTERM, then SIGKILL and only report an error if it still
doesn't die after SIGKILL. The 'step' counter was not
being incremented though, so the code never got past the
SIGTERM stage.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
When reporting the number of FDs has been exceeded, pass
EINVAL to error_setg_errno, rather than -EINVAL.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
get_maintainers.pl does not handle parenthesis in maintenance areas well
in connection with list emails (here: qemu-ppc@nongnu.org).
Resolve a recurring CC issue breaking git-send-email by reverting part
of commit 085eb217df ("Add David Gibson
for sPAPR in MAINTAINERS file").
Cc: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Färber <afaerber@suse.de>
Otherwise there is a race where the DEVICE_DELETED event has been sent but
attempts to reuse the ID will fail.
Note that similar races exist for other QemuOpts, which this patch
does not attempt to fix.
For example, if the device is a block device, then unplugging it also
deletes its backend. However, this backend's get deleted in
drive_info_del(), which is only called when properties are
destroyed. Just like device_finalize(), drive_info_del() is called
some time after DEVICE_DELETED is sent. A separate patch series has
been sent to plug this other bug. Character devices also have yet to
be fixed.
Reported-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Färber <afaerber@suse.de>
Currently the ObjectProperty iterator API works as follows:
ObjectPropertyIterator *iter;
iter = object_property_iter_init(obj);
while ((prop = object_property_iter_next(iter))) {
...
}
object_property_iter_free(iter);
This has the benefit that the ObjectPropertyIterator struct
can be opaque, but has the downside that callers need to
explicitly call a free function. It is also not in keeping
with iterator style used elsewhere in QEMU/GLib2.
This patch changes the API to use stack allocation instead:
ObjectPropertyIterator iter;
object_property_iter_init(&iter, obj);
while ((prop = object_property_iter_next(&iter))) {
...
}
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
[AF: Fused ObjectPropertyIterator struct with typedef]
Signed-off-by: Andreas Färber <afaerber@suse.de>
When there are many instances of a given class, registering
properties against the instance is wasteful of resources. The
majority of objects have a statically defined list of possible
properties, so most of the properties are easily registerable
against the class. Only those properties which are conditionally
registered at runtime need be recorded against the klass.
Registering properties against classes also makes it possible
to provide static introspection of QOM - currently introspection
is only possible after creating an instance of a class, which
severely limits its usefulness.
This impl only supports simple scalar properties. It does not
attempt to allow child object / link object properties against
the class. There are ways to support those too, but it would
make this patch more complicated, so it is left as an exercise
for the future.
There is no equivalent to object_property_del() provided, since
classes must be immutable once they are defined.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Färber <afaerber@suse.de>
xen_ram_alloc() dies with hw_error() on error, even though its caller
ram_block_add() handles errors just fine. Add an Error **errp
parameter and use it.
Leave case RUN_STATE_INMIGRATE alone, because that looks like some
kind of warning.
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
xen_hvm_init() returns -1 without cleaning up on some errors (harmless
long as the caller exit()s on error), dies with hw_error() on others.
hw_error() isn't approprate here. Clean up to exit() on all errors.
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
If the frontend sets out_cons to a value higher than out_prod, it will
cause xenfb_handle_events to loop about 2^32 times. Avoid that by using
better checks at the beginning of the function.
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
Reported-by: Ling Liu <liuling-it@360.cn>
Add the PV block backend, the Xen mapcache, and hw/i386/xen to the list
of Xen related files maintained by me.
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
2016-01-14 16:49:11 +00:00
1690 changed files with 27991 additions and 13175 deletions
* along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include<stdio.h>
#include<errno.h>
#include"qemu/osdep.h"
#include<sys/select.h>
#include<sys/types.h>
#include<unistd.h>
#include<sys/syscall.h>
#include<sys/ioccom.h>
#include<ctype.h>
#include"qemu.h"
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
